Document
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
________________________________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
________________________________________________________________________
(Mark One)
|
| |
ý | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017
OR
|
| |
¨ | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Commission file number: 0-32259
_______________________________________________________
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
_____________________________________________________________________
|
| | |
Delaware | | 94-3267295 |
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | | (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
2820 Orchard Parkway
San Jose, California 95134
(Address of principal executive offices)
(408) 470-1000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
______________________________________________________
|
| | |
Title of each class | | Name of each exchange on which registered |
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value | | The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (NASDAQ Global Market) |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ¨ No ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý No ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
| | |
Large accelerated filer x | | Accelerated filer o |
Non-accelerated filer o | (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) | Smaller reporting company o |
| | Emerging growth company o |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No ý
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $9,773,962,344 as of June 30, 2017 based on the closing sale price of the registrant’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market on such date. Shares held by persons who may be deemed affiliates have been excluded. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
On February 23, 2018, 80,135,229 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 2018 Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year end of December 31, 2017 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
FORM 10-K
For the Year Ended December 31, 2017
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
| | |
| | |
| | Page |
| |
Item 1. | Business | |
| Executive Officers of the Registrant | |
Item 1A. | Risk Factors | |
Item 1B. | Unresolved Staff Comments | |
Item 2. | Properties | |
Item 3. | Legal Proceedings | |
Item 4. | Mine Safety Disclosures | |
| |
Item 5. | Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities | |
Item 6. | Selected Consolidated Financial Data | |
Item 7. | Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations | |
Item 7A. | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk | |
Item 8. | Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data | |
Item 9. | Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure | |
Item 9A. | Controls and Procedures | |
Item 9B. | Other Information | |
| |
Item 10. | Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance | |
Item 11. | Executive Compensation | |
Item 12. | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters | |
Item 13. | Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence | |
Item 14. | Principal Accounting Fees and Services | |
| |
Item 15. | Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules | |
Item 16.
| Form 10-K Summary | |
Signatures | |
Invisalign, Align, the Invisalign logo, ClinCheck, Made to Move, Invisalign Assist, Invisalign Teen, Invisalign Go, Vivera, SmartForce, SmartTrack, SmartStage, Power Ridge, iTero, iTero Element, Orthocad, iCast and iRecord, among others, are trademarks and/or service marks of Align Technology, Inc. or one of its subsidiaries or affiliated companies and may be registered in the United States and/or other countries.
In addition to historical information, this annual report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These statements include, among other things, our expectations regarding the anticipated impact of our new products and product enhancements will have on doctor utilization and our market share, our expectations regarding product mix and product adoption, our expectations regarding the existence and impact of seasonality, our expectations regarding the financial and strategic benefits of establishing regional order acquisition, treatment planning and manufacturing facilities, as well as the anticipated timing of such facilities being operational, our expectations regarding the continued expansion of our international markets, impact of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the level of our operating expenses and gross margins and other factors beyond our control, as well as other statements regarding our future operations, financial condition and prospects and business strategies. These statements may contain words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” or other words indicating future results. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Item 2 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and in particular, the risks discussed below in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors.” We undertake no obligation to revise or update these forward-looking statements. Given these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.
PART I
ITEM 1.BUSINESS
Our Company
Align Technology, Inc (“We”, “Our”, “Align”) is a global medical device company engaged in the design, manufacture and marketing of Invisalign® clear aligners and iTero® intraoral scanners and services for orthodontics, restorative and aesthetic dentistry. Align’s products are intended primarily for the treatment of malocclusion or the misalignment of teeth and are designed to help dental professionals achieve the clinical outcomes that they expect. Align Technology was founded in March 1997 and incorporated in Delaware in April 1997. Our headquarters is located at 2820 Orchard Parkway, San Jose, California 95134, and our telephone number is 408-470-1000. Our internet address is www.aligntech.com. Our European headquarters is located in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and our Asia Pacific headquarters is located in Singapore.
We have two operating segments: (1) Clear Aligner and (2) Scanners and Services ("Scanner"). For the year ended December 31, 2017, Clear Aligner net revenues represent approximately 89% of worldwide net revenues, while Scanner represent the remaining 11% of worldwide net revenues. We sell the vast majority of our products directly to our customers: orthodontists and general practitioner dentists ("GPs"), as well as to restorative and aesthetic dentists, including prosthodontists, periodontists, and oral surgeons. Our Clear Aligner operating segment includes revenues from non-Invisalign aligners supplied to SmileDirectClub, LLC ("SDC"). Refer to "Supply Agreement with SmileDirectClub, LLC" section.
We received 510(k) clearance from the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) to market the Invisalign System in 1998. The Invisalign System is regulated by the FDA as a Class II medical device. In order to provide Invisalign treatment to their patients, orthodontists and GPs must initially complete an Invisalign training course. The Invisalign System is sold primarily through a direct sales force in North America, Asia Pacific ("APAC"), Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and Latin America. To date, over 5.2 million people worldwide have been treated with our Invisalign System.
Our iTero scanner is used by dental professionals and/or labs and service providers for restorative and orthodontic digital procedures as well as Invisalign case submission. We received 510(k) clearance from the FDA to market iTero software for expanded indications in 2013. Scanners and CAD/CAM Services are primarily sold through our direct sales force and a few distributors in North America, Europe and certain Asia Pacific countries, and through distribution partners in Thailand, Scandinavia and Russia.
Our Products and Services
Our net revenues are generated from the sale of the following product offerings:
|
| | | | | | |
| Fiscal Year |
Percentage of Net Revenues by Product | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 |
Clear Aligner Segment | | | |
Comprehensive Products | 69 | % | 72 | % | 78 | % |
Non-Comprehensive Products
| 14 |
| 11 |
| 11 |
|
Non-Case Products | 6 |
| 6 |
| 6 |
|
Total Clear Aligner Segment | 89 |
| 89 |
| 95 |
|
Scanners Segment | 11 |
| 11 |
| 5 |
|
Total Net Revenues | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % |
Clear Aligner Segment
Malocclusion and Traditional Orthodontic Treatment
Malocclusion, or the misalignment of teeth, is one of the most prevalent clinical dental conditions, affecting billions of people, or approximately 60% to 75% of the population. Annually, approximately 10 million people in major developed countries elect treatment by orthodontists worldwide. Most orthodontic patients are treated with the use of traditional methods such as metal arch wires and brackets, referred to as braces, and may be augmented with elastics, metal expanders, headgear or functional appliances, and other ancillary devices as needed. Upon completion of the treatment, the dental professional may, at his or her discretion, have the patient use a retainer appliance. Of the 10 million annual orthodontic cases started, approximately 60% or 6 million are applicable to Invisalign treatment - our served market. In addition, approximately 300 million people with malocclusion could benefit from straightening their teeth, but are unlikely to seek treatment through a doctor’s office. This represents an incremental opportunity for us as we expand the market for orthodontics by educating more consumers about the benefits of straighter teeth using Invisalign clear aligners and connect them with an Invisalign doctor of their choice.
The Invisalign System
The Invisalign System is a proprietary method for treating malocclusion based on a series of doctor-prescribed, custom manufactured, clear plastic, removable aligners. The Invisalign System offers a range of treatment options, specialized services, and proprietary software for treatment visualization and is comprised of the following phases:
Orthodontic diagnosis and transmission of treatment data to us. The Invisalign-trained dental professional prepares and sends us a patient’s treatment data package which consists of a prescription form, a polyvinyl-siloxane (or "PVS") impression of the relevant dental arches, photographs of the patient and, at the dental professional’s election, x-rays of the patient’s dentition. The Invisalign-trained dental professional can also submit an intraoral digital scan instead of a physical PVS impression through either Align's iTero scanner or several third-party scanners. See "Third Party Scanners and Digital scans for Invisalign treatment submission." More than 50% of Invisalign case submissions are submitted via digital scan instead of a physical PVS impression.
Preparation of computer-simulated treatment plan. Using propriety software which we do not sell, we generate a proposed custom, three-dimensional treatment plan, called a ClinCheck treatment plan. The ClinCheck treatment plan simulates appropriate tooth movement in stages and details timing and placement of any features or attachments that will be used during treatment. Attachments are tooth-colored “buttons” that are sometimes used to increase the biomechanical force on a specific tooth or teeth in order to effect the desired movement.
Review and approval of the treatment plan by an Invisalign provider. The patient’s ClinCheck treatment plan is then made available to the prescribing dental professional via the Invisalign Doctor Site which enables the dental professional to project tooth movement with a level of accuracy not previously possible with metal arch wires and brackets. By reviewing, modifying as needed and approving the treatment plan, the dental professional retains control over the treatment plan.
Manufacture of custom aligners. Upon the dental professional’s approval of the ClinCheck treatment plan, we use the data underlying the simulation, in conjunction with stereolithography technology (a form of 3D printing technology), to construct a series of molds depicting the future position of the patient’s teeth. Each mold is a replica of the patient’s teeth at each stage of the simulated course of treatment. From these molds, aligners are fabricated by pressure-forming polymeric sheets over each
mold. Aligners are thin, clear plastic, removable dental appliances that are custom manufactured in a series to correspond to each stage of the ClinCheck treatment plan.
Shipment to the dental professional and patient aligner wear. All the aligners for a patient are shipped directly to the dental professional, who then dispenses them to the patient at regular check-up intervals throughout the treatment. Aligners are generally worn for a period of time which correspond to the stages of the approved ClinCheck treatment plan. The patient replaces the aligners with the next pair in the series when prescribed, advancing tooth movement with each aligner stage. Throughout treatment, the doctor may place attachments or use other auxiliaries to achieve desired tooth movements, per the doctor’s original prescription and resulting ClinCheck treatment plan. In October 2016, we introduced one-week aligner wear. At the treating doctor’s discretion, we recommend changing from two-week aligner wear to one-week aligner wear for Invisalign treatments with Invisalign Full, Invisalign Teen, Invisalign Assist, Invisalign Lite, and Invisalign Go products, thereby reducing treatment time by up to 50%. Align’s recommendation is based on clinical analysis of more than 200 in-progress Invisalign cases (data on file) and the experiences of numerous Invisalign providers.
Additional aligners. Should the dental professional determine that the treatment is not tracking for various reasons, such as patient compliance, certain teeth movement not tracking to plan, or they need to extend the treatment a few stages further to achieve their treatment goals, the dental professional can request additional aligners at no charge at any point during the treatment, subject to certain requirements.
Clear Aligner Products
Comprehensive Products - Invisalign Treatment Options:
Invisalign Full and Invisalign Teen. Used for a wide range of malocclusion, the Invisalign Full and Invisalign Teen treatment plans each consist of the number of aligners necessary to achieve the doctor’s treatment goals. The Invisalign Teen treatment includes all the features of Invisalign Full treatment, plus additional features that address the orthodontic needs of teenage patients such as compliance indicators, compensation for tooth eruption and six free single arch replacement aligners. Aligners for Invisalign Full and Invisalign Teen treatments (other than the replacement aligners) are manufactured and then delivered to the dental professionals in a single shipment. Both treatment options are sold in the U.S., Canada and our international countries.
Invisalign Assist. Used for anterior alignment and aesthetically-oriented cases, the Invisalign Assist treatment offers added support to our dental practitioners throughout the treatment process, including progress tracking that allows the dental professional to submit new impressions every nine stages. When the progress tracking feature is selected, aligners are shipped to the dental professional after every nine stages thereby helping to achieve successful treatment outcomes. Predominantly marketed to GPs, Invisalign Assist is intended to make it easier to select appropriate cases for their experience level or treatment approach, submit cases more efficiently and manage appointments with suggested tasks. Invisalign Assist is sold in the U.S. and Canada.
Non-Comprehensive Products - Invisalign Treatment Options:
Invisalign Express 10, Invisalign Express 5, Invisalign i7 and Invisalign Lite. Lower-cost solutions are used for less complex orthodontic cases, non-comprehensive treatment relapse cases, or straightening prior to restorative or cosmetic treatments such as veneers. Invisalign Express 10, Invisalign Express 5 and Invisalign i7 use up to 10 sets, 5 sets and 7 sets of aligners, respectively. Invisalign Lite use up to 14 sets of aligners. Non-comprehensive products are available in select country markets and delivered to the dental professionals in a single shipment.
Invisalign Go. A simplified and streamlined solution designed for GPs to more easily identify and treat patients with mild malocclusion. Invisalign Go combines case assessment support, a simplified ClinCheck treatment plan and a progress assessment feature for case monitoring. Invisalign Go is available in core European markets and in certain markets in North America and Asia Pacific.
Non-Comprehensive Products - Non-Invisalign Aligners Supplied to SmileDirectClub, LLC:
SmileDirectClub Aligners. On July 25, 2016, we entered into a supply agreement with SmileDirectClub, LLC ("SDC") to manufacture non-Invisalign clear aligners for SDC's doctor-led, at-home program for simple teeth straightening. In October 2016, we became SDC's exclusive third-party supplier and began supplying aligners directly to SDC. SDC aligners include up to 20 stages without attachments or interproximal reduction ("IPR"). Align manufactures the aligners per SDC’s specifications for minor tooth movement using EX-30, our proprietary aligner material used prior to the introduction of SmartTrack. Align does
not market or sell SDC products and ships supply of aligners directly to SDC when requested. Refer to "Supply Agreement with SmileDirectClub, LLC" section.
Non-Case Products:
Clear Aligner non-case products include retention products, Invisalign training fees and sales of ancillary products, such as cleaning material and adjusting tools used by dental professionals during the course of treatment.
Retention. We offer two products for post treatment retention. The first is a single set of custom clear aligner retainers. The second is offered as a set of four custom clear aligners called Vivera Retainers made with proprietary material strong enough to maintain tooth position and correct minor relapse if necessary. A shipment of four sets are available to both Invisalign and non-Invisalign patients.
Feature Enhancements
We have consistently introduced enhanced features across the Invisalign System over the past several years to improve treatment outcomes or address broader clinical indications. Feature enhancements are marketed primarily under an Invisalign “G” series and have included Invisalign G3 (launched in October 2010), Invisalign G4 (launched in November 2011), Invisalign G5 (launched in February 2014), Invisalign G6 (launched in March 2015), and Invisalign G7 (launched in October 2016).
Invisalign Teen with mandibular advancement (launched in March 2017) is the first clear aligner solution for Class II correction in growing tween and teen patients. This new offering combines the benefits of our clear aligner system with features for moving the lower jaw forward while simultaneously aligning the teeth. Invisalign with mandibular advancement offers a simpler, more efficient and patient-friendly treatment option than functional appliances and without the need for elastics typically used to treat teen Class II patients. Invisalign Teen with mandibular advancement is available is most country markets; however, it is pending 510(k) clearance in the U.S. and is not yet available for use.
SmartTrack™ Aligner Material
SmartTrack is a patented, custom-engineered Invisalign clear aligner material that delivers gentle, more constant force considered ideal for orthodontic tooth movements. Conventional aligner materials relax and lose a substantial percent of energy in the initial days of aligner wear, but SmartTrack maintains more constant force over the period of time the patient wears the aligners. The flexible SmartTrack material also more precisely conforms to tooth morphology, attachments and interproximal spaces to improve control of tooth movement throughout treatment.
Scanner Segment
Intraoral scanning is an emerging technology that we believe will have substantial impact on the future of dentistry. By enabling the dental practitioner to create a 3D image of the patient's teeth (digital scan) using a handheld intraoral scanner inside the mouth, digital scanning is more efficient and precise and more comfortable for patients, compared to the mess, discomfort and subjective nature of taking physical impressions. The digitally scanned model is more accurate than a physical impression and substantially reduces the rate of restoration "remakes" so patients are recalled less often and the appointment time for the restoration is shorter because of fewer adjustments which results in greater overall patient satisfaction. The digital model file can be used for various procedures and services including fabrication of physical dental models for use by labs to create restorative units such as veneers, inlays, onlays, crowns, bridges and implant abutments; digital records storage; orthodontic diagnosis; orthodontic retainers and appliances; and Invisalign digital impression submission.
iTero Scanner. The iTero Element scanner (launched in September 2015) is available as a single hardware platform with software options for restorative or orthodontic procedures. We market and sell the iTero Element in North America and in select international markets. The iTero scanner is interoperable with our Invisalign treatment such that a full arch digital scan can be submitted as part of the Invisalign case submission process. In addition, the Invisalign Outcome Simulator and Invisalign Assessment tool are exclusive to the iTero scanner. Prior to the launch of iTero Element, we sold the iTero 2.9 scanner.
Restorative software for iTero. Software designed for GPs, prosthodontists, periodontists, and oral surgeons which includes restorative workflows providing them with the ability to send digital impressions to the lab of choice and communicate seamlessly with external treatment planning, custom implant abutment, chairside milling, and laboratory CAD/CAM systems.
Orthodontic software for iTero. Software designed for orthodontists for digital records storage, orthodontic diagnosis, and for the fabrication of printed models and retainers.
CAD/CAM Services
iTero Models and Dies. An accurate physical model and dies are manufactured based on the digital scan and sent to the laboratory of the dentist’s choice for completion of the needed restoration. The laboratory also has the option to export the digital file for immediate production of coping and full-contour restorations on their laboratory CAD/CAM systems. The laboratory conducts then completes the ceramic buildup or staining and glazing and delivers the end result - a precisely fitting restoration. iTero prosthetics have a near-zero remake rate.
OrthoCAD iCast. iCast provides a digital alternative to traditional stone cast models which allows for simplified storage and digital record retrieval. The iCast digital model contains a full American Board of Orthodontics ("ABO") base and is available from an iTero scan or from a traditional alginate impression.
OrthoCAD iRecord. iRecord scans provide a digital alternative to traditional stone cast models which allows for simplified storage and digital record retrieval. iRecord scan data may also be exported to orthodontic laboratories for the fabrication of retainers, orthodontic appliances, and hard model fabrication.
Third Party Scanners and Digital scans for Invisalign treatment submission. We support an open systems approach to digital scans and other intraoral scanning companies interested in qualifying their scanners to submit a digital impression in place of a traditional PVS impression as part of the Invisalign case submission process. We have qualified third party scanners for digital scan submission including 3M™ True Definition scanner, the Sirona CEREC Omnicam scanner and certain 3Shape TRIOS scanners. Information regarding legal proceedings associated with the scanner may be found in Item 3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Legal Proceedings.”
iTero Applications and Tools
Invisalign Outcome Simulator. The Invisalign Outcome Simulator is an exclusive chair-side and cloud-based application for the iTero scanner that allows doctors to help patients visualize how their teeth may look at the end of Invisalign treatment through a dual view layout that shows a prospective patient an image of his/her own current dentition next to his/her simulated final position after Invisalign treatment.
Invisalign 3D Assessment tool. The Invisalign Progress Assessment tool provides the ability to compare a patient’s new scan with a specific stage of their ClinCheck treatment plan to visually assess and communicate Invisalign treatment progress with an easy to read, color-coded tooth movement report that allows the doctor to know how each tooth is tracking.
TimeLapse. TimeLapse technology allows doctors or practitioners to compare a patient’s historic 3D scans to the present-day scan, enabling clinicians to identify and measure orthodontic movement, tooth wear, and gingival recession. This highlights areas of diagnostic interest to dental professionals and helps foster a proactive conversation with the patient regarding potential restorative or orthodontic solutions.
Our iTero Element scanner includes the Invisalign Outcome Simulator, Invisalign 3D Assessment tool and Timelapse as well as the orthodontic software and/or restorative software. The orthodontic or restorative software may also be purchased subsequently for an upgrade fee. Additional applications such as the Invisalign Outcome Simulator are not available for sale separately.
Other proprietary software mentioned in this Annual Report on Form 10-K such as ClinCheck and ClinCheck Pro software, the Invisalign Doctor Site, and enhanced feature solutions such as Invisalign G7 are included as part of the Invisalign System and are not sold separately nor do they contribute as individual items to revenue.
Business Strategy
Our goal is to give patients of all ages access to the smiles they want and deserve. Our smile-changing technology and innovations are designed to meet the demands of today’s patients with treatment options that are convenient, comfortable, affordable, while helping to improve overall oral health. We strive to help our doctors move their practices forward by connecting them with new patients, providing digital solutions to help increase practice efficiency and helping them deliver the best possible treatment outcomes and experiences to millions of people around the world.
We achieve this by continued focus and execution of our strategic growth drivers:
| |
1. | International Expansion. In order to provide the millions of consumers access to a better smile, we continue increasing our presence globally by making our products available in more countries. We expect to continue to grow and expand our business by investing in resources, infrastructure, and initiatives that will drive Invisalign treatment growth in our current and new international markets. As our core countries within the EMEA and APAC regions continue to grow in both number of new Invisalign providers and customer utilization, we strive to make sure we can support that growth through investments such as headcount, clinical support, education and advertising. We have transitioned most of our indirect smaller country markets to a direct sales model, and, while we do not expect a material impact from these countries for some time, in the near term, we will leverage our existing infrastructure in adjacent country markets as we build local sales organizations to drive long-term market penetration. In addition, we are scaling and expanding our operations and facilities to better support our customers across the globe. In 2017, we opened new treatment planning facilities in Chengdu, China and Cologne, Germany to support our customers within these regions. |
| |
2. | Orthodontist Utilization. We continue to innovate and increase the product applicability and predictability to address a wide range of cases, from simple to complex, thereby enabling providers to confidently treat teenagers and adults with the Invisalign System. Over the last several years, we launched clinical innovations such as Invisalign G6 and Invisalign G7. In March 2017, we launched Invisalign with mandibular advancement, the first clear aligner solution for Class II correction in growing tween and teen patients. This new offering combines the benefits of the most advanced clear aligner system in the world with features for moving the lower jaw forward while simultaneously aligning the teeth. Approximately 30% to 45% of teen cases need Class II correction. Invisalign with mandibular advancement was launched in Canada, EMEA and APAC. It is pending 510(k) approval in the U.S. and therefore not currently available in the U.S. We also continue to make improvements to our Invisalign treatment software, ClinCheck Pro, designed to deliver an exceptional user experience and increase treatment control to help our doctors achieve their treatment goals. |
| |
3. | GP Dentist Treat & Refer. We want to enable GPs, who have access to a large patient base, to more easily identify Invisalign cases they can treat, monitor patient progress or, if needed, help refer cases to an orthodontist while providing high-quality restorative, orthodontic, and dental hygiene care. The iTero scanner is an important component to that customer experience and is central to a digital approach as well as overall customer utilization of Invisalign treatment. The iTero scanner is optimized for Invisalign treatment with the Invisalign Outcome Simulator and Progress Assessment tool. In June 2017, we launched TimeLapse technology that allows doctors or practitioners to compare a patient’s 3D historic scans to the present-day scan, enabling clinicians to identify and measure orthodontic movement, tooth wear, and gingival recession. This highlights areas of diagnostic interest to dental professionals and helps foster a proactive conversation with the patient regarding potential restorative or orthodontic solutions. We also signed a distribution agreement with Patterson Dental for the iTero Element intraoral scanning system in the U.S. and Canada effective September 2017. Lastly, as part of expanding restorative workflows for iTero, in Q4 2017, we signed a distribution agreement with Glidewell Dental for the iTero Element scanner in North America with glidewell.ioTM In-Office Solution, a chairside restorative ecosystem designed to simplify the process of prescribing and delivering laboratory-quality dental restorations. |
| |
4. | Patient Demand & Conversion. Our goal is to make Invisalign a highly recognized name brand worldwide by creating awareness for Invisalign treatment among consumers, motivating potential patients to seek Invisalign treatment and reaching more consumers. We accomplish this objective through an integrated consumer marketing strategy that includes television, media, social networking and event marketing as well as educating patients on treatment options and directing them to high volume Invisalign providers. In January 2017, we launched a new Smile Concierge program with the objective to help more U.S. consumers start Invisalign treatment and improve their overall experience by shortening their research cycles and utilizing consumer insights to help our doctors better engage with consumers. Our Smile Concierge program educates consumers on the benefits of Invisalign treatment, answers their questions, and helps them schedule an appointment with an Invisalign provider. In addition, as an extension of our direct-to-consumer channel and building on the Smile Concierge program, we opened our first Invisalign store pilot program in November 2017 aimed at connecting potential patients directly to doctors for Invisalign treatment by educating consumers on how Invisalign works, showing them a scan-driven simulation of how they might look with straighter teeth, and offering to connect interested consumers with an Invisalign doctor of their choice should they decide to pursue treatment (Refer to Note 4 "Equity Method Investments" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a communication received from SDC on Invisalign store pilot program). |
Supply Agreement with SmileDirectClub, LLC
On July 28, 2016, we announced a supply agreement with SmileDirectClub, LLC to manufacture non-Invisalign clear aligners for SDC’s doctor-led, at-home program for affordable, cosmetic teeth straightening. The agreement brings our manufacturing and production expertise to a new and growing segment of the adult treatment market, one that provides new treatment choices to consumers and new business opportunities to Invisalign providers.
Beginning October 2016, we became SDC’s exclusive third-party supplier for its minor tooth movement aligner program. Specifically, we provide a case setup through SDC’s SmileCheck viewer portal and upon review and approval by a participating licensed orthodontist or general dentist in SDC’s network, we manufacture clear aligners and ship them directly to SDC. While we are SDC's only third-party supplier, SDC also manufactures some of their own aligners.
SDC aligners include up to 20 stages without attachments or IPR. We manufacture the aligners per SDC’s specifications for minor tooth movement using EX-30. Align does not market or sell SDC products.
In addition, under the agreement, Align and SDC created a new Invisalign doctor referral program similar to the Invisalign Doctor Locator, that systematically refers a portion of case assessments that are too complex for their minor tooth movement product, to Invisalign providers in the patient’s local area. The goal of the agreement is to help expand the market and opportunity for our Invisalign doctors, while supporting SDC’s efforts to provide consumers with access to more choices in treating simple cases from the convenience of their own home. The Invisalign brand and system of clear aligners continue to be available exclusively for in office treatment with Invisalign-trained orthodontists and general dentists.
Manufacturing and Suppliers
Our manufacturing facilities are located in Juarez, Mexico, where we conduct our aligner fabrication, distribute and repair our scanners and perform our CAD/CAM services, and in Or Yehuda, Israel where we produce our handheld intraoral scanner wand and perform the final assembly of our iTero scanner. Our Invisalign digital treatment planning and interpretation for iTero restorative cases are conducted primarily at our facility located in San Jose, Costa Rica; however, in 2017, we opened new treatment planning facilities in Chengdu, China and Cologne, Germany to support our customers within these regions. Information regarding risks associated with our manufacturing process and foreign operations may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”
Our quality system is required to be in compliance with the Quality System regulations enforced by the FDA, and similar regulations enforced by other worldwide regulatory authorities. We are certified to EN ISO 13485:2003, an internationally recognized standard for medical device manufacturing. We have a formal, documented quality system by which quality objectives are defined, understood and achieved. Systems, processes and procedures are implemented to ensure high levels of product and service quality. We monitor the effectiveness of the quality system based on internal data and direct customer feedback and strive to continually improve our systems and processes, taking corrective action, as needed.
Since the manufacturing process of our products requires substantial and varied technical expertise, we believe that our manufacturing capabilities are important to our success. In order to produce our highly customized, highly precise, medical quality products in volume, we have developed a number of proprietary processes and technologies. These technologies include complex software algorithms and solutions, CT scanning, stereolithography and automated aligner fabrication. To increase the efficiency of our manufacturing processes, we continue to focus our efforts on software development and the improvement of rate-limiting processes or bottlenecks. We continuously upgrade our proprietary, three-dimensional treatment planning software to enhance computer analysis of treatment data and to reduce time spent on manual and judgmental tasks for each case, thereby increasing the efficiency of our technicians. In addition, to improve efficiency and increase the scale of our operations, we continue to invest in the development of automated systems for the fabrication and packaging of aligners.
We are highly dependent on manufacturers of specialized scanning equipment, rapid prototyping machines, resin and other advanced materials for our aligners, as well as the optics, electronic and other mechanical components of our intraoral scanners. We maintain single supply relationships for many of these machines and materials technologies. In particular, our CT scanning and stereolithography equipment used in our aligner manufacturing and many of the critical components for the optics of our intraoral scanners are provided by single suppliers. We are also committed to purchasing all of our resin and polymer, the primary raw materials used in our manufacturing process for clear aligners, from a single source. The need to replace one of our single source suppliers could cause a disruption in our ability to timely deliver certain of our products or increase costs. See Item 1A Risk Factors — “We maintain single supply relationships for certain of our key machines and materials technologies, and our business and operating results could be harmed if supply is restricted or ends or the price of raw materials used in our manufacturing process increases.”
Sales and Marketing
Our sales efforts are focused primarily on the Invisalign System and continuing to increase adoption and utilization by orthodontists and GPs worldwide. In North America, Europe, certain Asia Pacific country markets, and, more recently in Brazil and certain countries in the Middle East and Africa, we have direct sales and support organizations, which includes quota carrying sales representatives, sales management and sales administration. We also have distribution partners that sell the Invisalign System in smaller non-core international country markets. We continued to expand in our existing markets through targeted investments in sales resources, professional marketing and education programs, along with consumer marketing in select country markets.
For the iTero scanner, we have a small team of direct sales representatives and a few distributors in North America who leverage leads generated by our Invisalign sales and marketing resources, including customer events and industry trade-shows. We sell the iTero scanner in select country markets internationally and will expand to additional markets over time to grow the scanner business.
We provide training, marketing and clinical support to orthodontists and GPs. As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately 64,400 active Invisalign providers.
Research and Development
We are committed to investing in world-class technology development, which we believe is critical to achieving our goal of establishing the Invisalign System as the standard method for treating malocclusion and our intraoral scanning platform as the preferred scanning protocol for digital scans. Our research and development expenses were $97.6 million, $75.7 million and $61.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Our research and development activities are directed toward developing the technology innovations that we believe will deliver our next generation of products and platforms. These activities range from accelerating product and clinical innovation to developing manufacturing process improvements to researching future technologies and products.
In an effort to demonstrate Invisalign’s broad treatment capabilities, various clinical case studies and articles have been published that highlight the clinical applicability of Invisalign to malocclusion cases, including those of severe complexity. We undertake pre-commercialization trials and testing of our technological improvements to the product and manufacturing process.
Intellectual Property
We believe our intellectual property position represents a substantial business advantage. As of December 31, 2017, we had 420 active U.S. patents, 456 active foreign patents, and 416 pending global patent applications.
We continue to pursue further intellectual property protection through U.S. and foreign patent applications and non-disclosure agreements. Certain of our issued U.S. patents expired in 2017. In addition, corresponding foreign patents will start to expire in 2018. Our active U.S. patents expire between 2018 and 2035. When patents expire, we lose the protection and competitive advantages they provided to us, which could negatively impact our operating results; however, we continue to pursue further intellectual property protection through U.S. and foreign patent applications and non-disclosure agreements. We also seek to protect our software, documentation and other written materials under trade secret and copyright laws. We cannot be certain that patents will be issued as a result of any patent application or that patents that have been issued to us or that may be issued in the future will be found to be valid and enforceable and sufficient to protect our technology or products. Our intellectual property rights may not be successfully asserted in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. In addition, the laws of various foreign countries do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as U.S. laws. Our inability to protect our proprietary information could harm our business. Information regarding risks associated with failing to protect our proprietary technology and our intellectual property rights may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”
Seasonal Fluctuations
General economic conditions impact our business and financial results, and we experience seasonal trends within our two operating segments, customer channels and the geographic locations that we serve. For example, European sales of Invisalign treatments are often weaker in the summer months due to our customers and their patients being on holiday. In North America, summer is typically the busiest season for orthodontists with practices that have a high percentage of adolescent and teenage patients as many parents want to get their teenagers started in treatment before the start of the school year; however, many GPs are on vacation during this time and therefore tend to start fewer cases. For our Scanner segment, capital equipment sales are often stronger in the fourth calendar quarter. Consequently, these seasonal trends have caused and may continue to cause fluctuations in our quarterly results, including fluctuations in sequential revenue growth rates.
Backlog
All Invisalign treatments are individually unique and prescribed by a doctor so, no two cases are alike. The period from which a treatment data package (or a "case”) is received until the acceptance of the digital ClinCheck treatment plan is dependent on the dental professional’s discretion to modify, accept or cancel the treatment plan. Therefore, we consider the case a firm order to manufacture aligners once the dental professional has approved the ClinCheck treatment plan. Our Invisalign backlog consists of ClinCheck treatment plans that have been accepted but not yet shipped. Because aligners are shipped shortly after the ClinCheck treatment plan has been accepted, we believe that backlog is not a good indicator of future Invisalign revenues. Our quarterly Invisalign revenues can be impacted by the timing of the ClinCheck treatment plan acceptances and our ability to ship those cases in the same quarter. We define our intraoral scanner backlog as orders where credit and financing is approved and payment is reasonably assured but the scanner has not yet shipped. Our intraoral scanner backlog as of December 31, 2017 was not material.
Competition
We operate in a highly competitive market and we encounter a wide variety of competitors, including larger companies or divisions of larger companies with substantial sales, marketing, research and financial capabilities. We also face competition from early stage companies. Although the number of competitors varies by segment, currently our products compete directly against products manufactured and distributed by various companies, both within and outside the U.S., including Danaher Corporation, Sirona Dental Systems, Inc., Dentsply International, Inc., 3M Company, Straumann Holding AG, 3Shape, Angel Align and other private competitors. In addition, the expiration of certain of key patents, which commenced in 2017, may result in additional competition. Information regarding risks associated with increased competition may be found in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors.”
Key competitive factors include:
| |
• | effectiveness of treatment; |
| |
• | aesthetic appeal of the treatment method; |
| |
• | customer online interface; |
| |
• | comfort associated with the treatment method; |
| |
• | dental professionals’ chair time. |
We believe that our products compare favorably with our competitors’ products with respect to each of these factors.
Government Regulation
In order for us to market our products, we must obtain regulatory authorization and comply with extensive product and quality system regulations both within and outside the U.S. These regulations, including the requirements for approvals or clearance and the time required for regulatory review, vary from country to country. Failure to obtain regulatory approval and to meet all local requirements including language and specific safety standards in any country in which we currently market or plan to market our products could prevent us from marketing products in such countries or subject us to sanctions and fines. The approval by government authorities is unpredictable and uncertain and may not be granted on a timely basis, if at all. Delays in receipt of, or a failure to receive, such approvals or clearances, or the loss of any previously received approvals or clearances, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Certain of our products are classified as medical devices under the United States Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FD&CA”). The FD&CA requires these products, when sold in the U.S., to be safe and effective for their intended use and to comply with the regulations administered by the FDA. Our products may also be regulated by comparable agencies in non-U.S. countries in which they are produced or sold. In the European Union ("EU"), our products are subject to the medical devices laws of the various member states, which are based on a Directive of the European Commission which was updated in April 2017 to the Medical Device Regulation. Such laws generally regulate the safety of the products in a similar way to the FDA regulations.
We believe we are in compliance with all FDA, federal and state laws and international regulatory requirements that are applicable to our products and manufacturing operations.
We are also subject to various laws inside and outside the U.S. concerning our relationships with healthcare professionals and government officials, price reporting and regulation, the promotion, sales and marketing of our products and services, the importation and exportation of our products, the operation of our facilities and distribution of our products. As a global company, we are subject to varying degrees of government regulation in the various countries in which we do business, and the general trend is toward increasingly stringent oversight and enforcement. Initiatives sponsored by government agencies, legislative bodies, and the private sector to limit the growth of healthcare expenses generally are ongoing in markets where we do business. It is not possible to predict at this time the long-term impact of such cost containment measures on our future business.
Our customers are healthcare providers that may be reimbursed by federal funded programs such as Medicaid or a foreign national healthcare program, each of which may offer some degree of oversight. Many government agencies, both domestic and foreign, have increased their enforcement activities with respect to healthcare providers and companies in recent years. Enforcement actions and associated defense can be expensive, and any resulting findings carry the risk of significant civil and criminal penalties.
In addition, we must comply with numerous data protection requirements that span from individual state and national laws in the U.S. to multinational requirements in the EU. In the U.S., final regulations implementing amendments to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) became effective in the latter part of 2013 with the HIPAA Omnibus Rule. In the EU, Align must comply with the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which serves as a harmonization of European data-privacy laws. The GDPR goes into effect May 25, 2018. Meanwhile, the Asia Pacific region has also seen rapid development of privacy laws, including in China, South Korea, Singapore, Hong Kong, and Australia. We believe we have designed our product and service offerings to be compliant with the requirements of applicable data protection laws and regulations. Maintaining systems that are compliant with these laws and regulations is costly and could require complex changes in the way we do business or provide services to our customers and their patients. Additionally, our success may be dependent on the success of healthcare providers in managing data protection requirements.
Employees
As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately 8,715 employees, including 5,705 in manufacturing and operations, 1,830 in sales and marketing which includes customer care, 475 in research and development and 705 in general and administrative functions.
Available Information
Our website is www.aligntech.com, and our investor relations website is http://investor.aligntech.com. The information on or accessible through our websites is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, our proxy statement on Schedule 14A for our annual stockholders’ meeting and amendments to such reports are available, free of charge, on our investor relations website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such material with the SEC. Further, a copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is located at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding our filings at www.sec.gov.
Executive Officers of the Registrant
The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers as of February 28, 2018:
|
| | |
Name | Age | Position |
Joseph M. Hogan | 60 | President and Chief Executive Officer |
John F. Morici | 51 | Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, Global Finance |
Simon Beard | 51 | Senior Vice President and Managing Director, EMEA |
Roger E. George | 52 | Senior Vice President, Chief Legal and Regulatory Officer |
Stuart Hockridge | 46 | Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources |
Sreelakshmi Kolli | 43 | Senior Vice President, Global Information Technology |
Jennifer Olson | 40 | Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Doctor Directed Consumer Channel |
Raphael Pascaud | 46 | Chief Marketing Portfolio and Business Development Officer, and Senior Vice President iTero Scanner and Services |
Christopher C. Puco | 57 | Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Americas |
Zelko Relic | 53 | Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President, Global Research & Development |
Julie Tay | 51 | Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Asia Pacific |
Emory M. Wright | 48 | Senior Vice President, Global Operations |
Joseph M. Hogan has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our Board of Directors since June 2015. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hogan was Chief Executive Officer of ABB Ltd., a global power and automation technologies company based in Zurich, Switzerland from 2008 to 2013. Prior to working in ABB, Mr. Hogan worked at General Electric Company (GE) in a variety of executive and management roles from 1985 to 2008, including eight years as Chief Executive Officer of GE Healthcare from 2000 to 2008.
John F. Morici has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2016. Prior to joining us, Mr. Morici was at NBC Universal from 2007 to 2016 where he held several senior management positions in their Universal Pictures Home Entertainment U.S. and Canadian business, including Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, and most recently, Executive Vice President and Managing Director from 2014 to 2016. Prior to NBC Universal, Mr. Morici was in various senior financial management positions at GE Healthcare from 1999 to 2007, including Chief Financial Officer for its Diagnostic Imaging and Global Products units from 2002 to 2003.
Simon Beard has served as our Vice President and Managing Director, EMEA since October 2015. In February 2018, Mr. Beard's title was changed to Senior Vice President and Managing Director, EMEA. Prior to joining us, from 2012 to 2014, Mr. Beard was Regional Director for the South East Asia business of Smith & Nephew, a multinational medical equipment manufacturing company. From 2006 to 2012, Mr. Beard was Director & General Manager for UK and Ireland for Smith & Nephew's Advanced Woundcare business. Prior to Smith & Nephew, Mr. Beard held multiple commercial, strategic, and general management positions in companies such as DePuy International (Johnson & Johnson), Sankyo Pharmaceutical and Sanofi Aventis.
Roger E. George has served as our Vice President, Corporate and Legal Affairs and General Counsel since July 2002. In February 2018, Mr. George's title was changed to Senior Vice President, Chief Legal and Regulatory Officer. Prior to joining us, Mr. George was the Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Finance and Legal Affairs and General Counsel of SkyStream Networks, a privately held broadband and broadcast network equipment company. Prior to SkyStream, Mr. George was a partner at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. in Palo Alto, California.
Stuart Hockridge has served as our Vice President, Global Human Resources since May 2016. In February 2018, Mr. Hockridge's title was changed to Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hockridge was Senior Vice President of Talent at Visa Inc. from 2013 to 2016 where he led all aspects of talent delivery for the company including executive development, succession planning, employee engagement, learning and development, and talent acquisition. Prior to Visa, Mr. Hockridge held a number of human resource management positions at GE Healthcare from 2002 to 2012 leading HR processes both globally and for various divisions.
Sreelakshmi Kolli has served as our Vice President, Information Technology since December 2012. In February 2018, Ms. Kolli's title was changed to Senior Vice President, Global Information Technology. Ms. Kolli joined us in June 2003 and has held positions leading business operations and engineering for customer-facing applications. Before joining us, she held technical lead positions with Sword CT Space and Accenture.
Jennifer Olson has served as our Vice President and Managing Director, Doctor-Directed Consumer Channel since August 2016. In February 2018, Ms. Olson's title was changed to Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Doctor-Directed Consumer Channel. Ms. Olson joined us in 2002 and has held multiple roles in sales, marketing, and business development. Most recently, she was Area Sales Director for the North America region where she led all sales activities in Western Canada and the Western region of the U.S. Prior to joining Align, Ms. Olson was with technology companies including Extreme Networks and PWI Technologies.
Raphael Pascaud has served as our Chief Marketing, Portfolio and Business Development Officer, and Vice President, iTero Scanner and Services since July 2015. In February 2018, his title was changed to Chief Marketing, Portfolio and Business Development Officer and Senior Vice President, iTero Scanner and Services. He joined Align in 2010 as Vice President and Managing Director for EMEA and was promoted in January 2014 to Vice President, International. Prior to Align, Mr. Pascaud spent 14 years in various management positions within Johnson & Johnson, including Vice President Orthopedics of EMEA and Vice President Marketing of International.
Christopher C. Puco has served as our Vice President and Managing Director, Americas since December 2017 and became Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Americas in February 2018. He joined us in 2006 as a sales director and in 2008 became senior director for the U.S. Eastern sales area. He served as Vice President of North America from December 2012 to December 2017. Mr. Puco has more than 20 years of experience in the medical device industry holding sales management positions in both starts-ups and established corporate environments. Prior to joining us, he was with United States Surgical Corporation, General Surgical Innovations, Baxter BioSurgery and Fusion Medical Technologies.
Zelko Relic joined Align in 2013 as Vice President, Research & Development. In December 2017, he became Chief Technology Officer, Vice President, Research & Development. In February 2018, his title was changed to Chief Technology Officer, Senior Vice President, Global Research & Development. Prior to joining us, Mr. Relic was Vice President, Engineering for Datalogic Automation, a global leader in automatic data capture and industrial automation markets from 2012. Mr. Relic was previously Vice President, Engineering at Danaher Corporation, Accu-Sort Systems business from 2010 to 2012 before it was acquired by Datalogic Automation. From 2005 to 2010, he was at Siemens Medical Solutions USA, most recent as Vice President, and from 2002 to 2004, he held senior management positions in engineering at Kulicke & Soffa Industries, designers and manufactures of semiconductor products. He also held management positions at KLA-Tencor from 1994 to 2000.
Julie Tay was appointed Vice President and Managing Director, Asia Pacific in March 2013 and became Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Asia Pacific in February 2018. Prior to joining us, Ms. Tay was regional head of Bayer Healthcare (Diabetes Care) overseeing operations across Asia from 2010 to 2013. From 2006 to 2010, Ms. Tay served as director of marketing and corporate accounts at Sealed Air Corporation (formerly Johnson Diversey), a global provider of food safety and security, facility hygiene and product protection. Prior to that, Ms. Tay spent 15 years with Johnson & Johnson Medical.
Emory M. Wright has served as our Vice President, Operations since December 2007 and became Senior Vice President, Global Operations in February 2018. He has been with us since March 2000 predominantly in manufacturing and operations roles including Vice President, Manufacturing and was General Manager of New Product Development. Prior to joining Align, from 1999 to 2000, Mr. Wright was Senior Manufacturing Manager at Metrika, Inc. a medical device manufacturer. Mr. Wright served as Manager of Manufacturing and Process Development for Metra Biosystems Inc.
ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS
We depend on the sale of the Invisalign System for the vast majority of our net revenues, and any decline in sales of Invisalign treatment for any reason, or a decline in average selling prices would adversely affect net revenues, gross margin and net income.
We expect that net revenues from the sale of the Invisalign System, primarily Invisalign Full and Invisalign Teen, will continue to account for the vast majority of our total net revenues for the foreseeable future. Continued and widespread market acceptance of Invisalign by orthodontists, GPs and consumers is critical to our future success. If orthodontists and GPs experience a reduction in consumer demand for orthodontic services, if consumers prove unwilling to adopt Invisalign as rapidly as we anticipate or in the volume that we anticipate, if orthodontists or GPs choose to use a competitive product rather than Invisalign or if the average selling price of our product declines for any reason, including as a result of a shift in product mix towards lower priced products, our operating results would be harmed.
Competition in the markets for our products is intense and we expect aggressive competition from existing competitors and other companies that may introduce new technologies in the future.
Currently, our products compete directly against products manufactured and distributed by various companies, both within and outside the U.S. In addition, as a result of the expiration of certain key patents owned by us, which began in 2017, we expect that existing competitors such as Danaher Corporation, Dentsply Sirona Inc., Straumann AG, 3M, 3Shape and Angel Align as well as new entrants into the clear aligner market such as start-ups will begin offering an orthodontic system more similar to ours in the near future. Several of these competitors will likely have greater resources as well as the ability to leverage their existing channels in the dental market to compete directly with us, and therefore our share of the clear aligner market could decline which would likely have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition. In addition, corresponding foreign patents will start to expire in 2018 which will likely result in increased competition in some of the markets outside the U.S. Large consumer product companies may also enter the orthodontic supply market. Furthermore, we also face competition from companies that now offer clear aligner therapy directly to the consumer eliminating the need for the consumer to visit a dental office. In addition, we may also face competition in the future from new companies that may introduce new technologies. We may be unable to compete with these competitors and one or more of these competitors may render our technology obsolete or economically unattractive. If we are unable to compete effectively with existing products or respond effectively to any products developed by new or existing competitors, our business could be harmed. Increased competition has resulted in the past and may in the future result in volume discounting and price reductions, reduced gross margins, reduced profitability and loss of market share, and reduce dental professionals’ efforts and commitment to expand their use of our products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our net revenues, volume growth, net income and stock price. We cannot assure that we will be able to compete successfully against our current or future competitors or that competitive pressures will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are dependent on our international operations, which exposes us to foreign operational, political and other risks that may harm our business.
Our key production steps are performed in operations located outside of the U.S. In San Jose, Costa Rica, technicians use a sophisticated, internally developed computer-modeling program to prepare digital treatment plans, which are then transmitted electronically to Juarez, Mexico. These digital files form the basis of the ClinCheck treatment plan and are used to manufacture aligner molds. In 2017, we opened new treatment planning facilities in Chengdu, China and Cologne, Germany to support our customers within these regions. Our order acquisition, aligner fabrication and shipping operations are conducted in Juarez, Mexico, and we also have order acquisition for the EMEA region in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. We will continue to establish additional order acquisition and treatment planning facilities closer to our international customers in order to improve our operational efficiency. In addition to the research and development efforts conducted in our North America facilities, we also carry out research and development in Moscow, Russia. We also have customer-care, accounts receivable, customer event registration and accounts payable organizations located in San Jose, Costa Rica. In addition, we have operations in Israel where the design and wand are assembled and our intraoral scanner is manufactured. Our reliance on international operations exposes us to risks and uncertainties that may affect our business or results of operation, including:
| |
• | difficulties in hiring and retaining employees generally, as well as difficulties in hiring and retaining employees with the necessary skills to perform the more technical aspects of our operations; |
| |
• | difficulties in managing international operations, including any travel restrictions to or from our facilities; |
| |
• | fluctuations in currency exchange rates; |
| |
• | import and export license requirements and restrictions; |
| |
• | controlling production volume and quality of the manufacturing process; |
| |
• | political, social and economic instability, including as a result of increased levels of violence in Juarez, Mexico or the Middle East. We cannot predict the effect on us of any future armed conflict, political instability or violence in these regions. In addition, some of our employees in Israel are obligated to perform annual reserve duty in the Israeli military and are subject to being called for additional active duty under emergency circumstances. We cannot predict the full impact of these conditions on us in the future, particularly if emergency circumstances or an escalation in the political situation occurs. If many of our employees are called for active duty, our operations in Israel and our business may not be able to function at full capacity; |
| |
• | acts of terrorism and acts of war; |
| |
• | general geopolitical instability and the responses to it, such as the possibility of additional sanctions against Russia which continue to bring uncertainty to this region; |
| |
• | interruptions and limitations in telecommunication services; |
| |
• | product or material transportation delays or disruption, including as a result of increased levels of violence, acts of terrorism, acts of war or health epidemics restricting travel to and from our international locations or as a result of natural disasters, such as earthquakes or volcanic eruptions; |
| |
• | burdens of complying with a wide variety of local country and regional laws, including the risks associated with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and local anti-bribery compliance; |
| |
• | trade restrictions and changes in tariffs; and |
| |
• | potential adverse tax consequences. |
If any of these risks materialize in the future, we could experience production delays and lost or delayed revenue.
We earn an increasingly larger portion of our total revenues from international sales and face risks attendant to those operations.
We earn an increasingly larger portion of our total revenues from international sales generated through our foreign direct and indirect operations. Since our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to further penetrate markets outside the U.S. and increase the localization of our products and services, we expect to continue to increase our sales and presence outside the U.S., particularly in the high-growth markets. Our international operations are subject to risks that are customarily encountered in non-U.S. operations, including:
| |
• | local political and economic instability; |
| |
• | the engagement of activities by our employees, contractors, partners and agents, especially in countries with developing economies, that are prohibited by international and local trade and labor laws and other laws prohibiting corrupt payments to government officials, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the United Kingdom ("UK") Bribery Act of 2010 and export control laws, in spite of our policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws; |
| |
• | fluctuations in currency exchange rates; and |
| |
• | increased expense of developing, testing and making localized versions of our products. |
Any of these factors, either individually or in combination, could materially impact our international operations and adversely affect our business as a whole.
We face risks related to our international sales, including the need to obtain necessary foreign regulatory clearance or approvals.
Outside of North America, we currently sell our products in certain countries within Europe, Asia Pacific, Latin America and the Middle East and may expand into other countries from time to time. For sales of our products outside the U.S., we are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. The time required to obtain clearances or approvals required by other countries may be longer than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and requirements for such approvals may differ from FDA requirements. We may be unable to obtain regulatory approvals in one or more of the other countries in which we do business or in which we may do business in the future. We may also incur significant costs in attempting to obtain and maintain foreign regulatory approvals. If we experience delays in receipt of approvals to market our products outside of the U.S., or if we fail to receive these approvals, we may be unable to market our products or enhancements in international markets in a timely manner, if at all, which could materially impact our international operations and adversely affect our business as a whole.
Demand for our products may not increase as rapidly as we anticipate due to a variety of factors including a weakness in general economic conditions.
Consumer spending habits are affected by, among other things, prevailing economic conditions, levels of employment, salaries and wage rates, gas prices, consumer confidence and consumer perception of economic conditions. A general slowdown in the U.S. economy and certain international economies or an uncertain economic outlook would adversely affect consumer spending habits which may, among other things, result in a decrease in the number of overall orthodontic case starts, reduced patient traffic in dentists’ offices, reduction in consumer spending on elective or higher value procedures or a reduction in the demand for dental services generally, each of which would have a material adverse effect on our sales and operating results. Weakness in the global economy results in a challenging environment for selling dental technologies and dentists may postpone investments in capital equipment, such as intraoral scanners. In addition, Invisalign treatment, which currently accounts for the vast majority of our net revenues, represents a significant change from traditional orthodontic treatment, and customers and consumers may be reluctant to accept it or may not find it preferable to traditional treatment. We have generally received positive feedback from orthodontists, GPs and consumers regarding Invisalign treatment as both an alternative to braces and as a clinical method for the treatment of malocclusion, but a number of dental professionals believe that the Invisalign treatment is appropriate for only a limited percentage of their patients. Increased market acceptance of all of our products will depend in part upon the recommendations of dental professionals, as well as other factors including effectiveness, safety, ease of use, reliability, aesthetics, and price compared to competing products.
Our future success may depend on our ability to develop, successfully introduce and achieve market acceptance of new products.
Our future success may depend on our ability to develop, manufacture, market and obtain regulatory approval or clearance of new products. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully develop, sell and achieve market acceptance of these and other new products and applications and enhanced versions of our existing product or software. The extent of, and rate at which, market acceptance and penetration are achieved by future products is a function of many variables, which include, among other things, our ability to:
| |
• | correctly identify customer needs and preferences and predict future needs and preferences; |
| |
• | include functionality and features that address customer requirements; |
| |
• | ensure compatibility of our computer operating systems and hardware configurations with those of our customers; |
| |
• | allocate our research and development funding to products with higher growth prospects; |
| |
• | anticipate and respond to our competitors’ development of new products and technological innovations; |
| |
• | differentiate our offerings from our competitors’ offerings; |
| |
• | innovate and develop new technologies and applications; |
| |
• | the availability of third-party reimbursement of procedures using our products; |
| |
• | obtain adequate intellectual property rights; and |
| |
• | encourage customers to adopt new technologies. |
If we fail to accurately predict customer needs and preferences or fail to produce viable technologies, we may invest heavily in research and development of products that do not lead to significant revenue. Even if we successfully innovate and develop new products and produce enhancements, we may incur substantial costs in doing so and our profitability may suffer. In addition, even if our new products are successfully introduced, it is unlikely that they will rapidly gain market share and acceptance primarily due to the relatively long period of time it takes to successfully treat a patient with Invisalign. Since it typically takes approximately 12 to 24 months to treat a patient, our customers may be unwilling to rapidly adopt our new products until they successfully complete at least one case or until more historical clinical results are available.
Our ability to market and sell new products may also be subject to government regulation, including approval or clearance by the FDA and foreign government agencies. Any failure in our ability to successfully develop and introduce or achieve market acceptance of our new products or enhanced versions of existing products could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and could cause our net revenues to decline.
The frequency of use of the Invisalign System by orthodontists or GPs may not increase at the rate that we anticipate or at all.
One of our key objectives is to continue to increase utilization, or the adoption and frequency of use, of the Invisalign System by new and existing customers. If utilization of the Invisalign System by our existing and newly trained orthodontists or GPs does not occur or does not occur as quickly as we anticipate, our operating results could be harmed.
We may experience declines in average selling prices of our products which may decrease our net revenues.
We provide volume-based discount programs to our doctors. In addition, we sell a number of products at different list prices. If we change the volume-based discount accounting that affects our average selling prices; if we introduce any price reductions or consumer rebate programs; if we expand our discount programs in the future or participation in these programs increases; or if our product mix shifts to lower priced products or products that have a higher percentage of deferred revenue, our average selling prices would be adversely affected and our net revenues, gross profit, gross margin and net income may be reduced.
We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Although the U.S. dollar is our reporting currency, a portion of our net revenues and net income are generated in foreign currencies. Net revenues and net income generated by subsidiaries operating outside of the U.S. are translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates effective during the respective period and are affected by changes in exchange rates. As a result, negative movements in currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar will adversely affect our net revenues and net income in our consolidated financial statements. The exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies has fluctuated substantially in recent years and may continue to fluctuate substantially in the future. We have in the past and may in the future enter into currency hedging transactions in an effort to cover some of our exposure to foreign currency exchange fluctuations. These transactions may not operate to fully or effectively hedge our exposure to currency fluctuations, and, under certain circumstances, these transactions could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.
As we continue to grow, we are subject to growth related risks, including risks related to excess or constrained capacity at our existing facilities.
We are subject to growth related risks, including excess or constrained capacity and pressure on our internal systems and personnel. In order to manage current operations and future growth effectively, we will need to continue to implement and improve our operational, financial and management information systems and to hire, train, motivate, manage and retain employees. We may be unable to manage such growth effectively. Any such failure could have a material adverse impact on our business, operations and prospects. We are establishing additional order acquisition, treatment planning and manufacturing facilities closer to our international customers in order to improve our operational efficiency and provide doctors with a better experience to further improve their confidence in using Invisalign to treat more patients, more often. Our ability to plan, construct and equip additional order acquisition, treatment planning and manufacturing facilities is subject to significant risk and uncertainty, including risks inherent in the establishment of a facility, such as hiring and retaining employees and delays and cost overruns as a result of a number of factors, any of which may be out of our control. If the transition into these additional facilities is significantly delayed or demand for our product exceeds our current expectations, we may not be able to fulfill orders timely, which may negatively impact our financial results and overall business. In addition, because we cannot immediately adapt our production capacity and related cost structures to changing market conditions, our facility capacity may at times exceed or fall short of our production requirements. In addition, if product demand decreases or we fail to forecast demand accurately, we could be required to write off inventory or record excess capacity charges, which would lower our gross margin. Production of our intraoral scanners may also be limited by capacity
constraints due to a variety of factors, including our dependency on third party vendors for key components in addition to limited production yields. Any or all of these problems could result in the loss of customers, provide an opportunity for competing products to gain market acceptance and otherwise harm our business and financial results.
If we fail to sustain or increase profitability or revenue growth in future periods, the market price for our common stock may decline.
If we are to sustain or increase profitability in future periods, we will need to continue to increase our net revenues, while controlling our expenses. Because our business is evolving, it is difficult to predict our future operating results or levels of growth, and we have not in the past and may not in the future be able to sustain our historical growth rates. If we do not increase profitability or revenue growth or otherwise meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors, the market price of our common stock will likely decline.
Our financial results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate in the future which may cause volatility in our stock price.
Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and we expect our future quarterly and annual operating results to fluctuate as we focus on increasing doctor and consumer demand for our products. These fluctuations could cause our stock price to decline or significantly fluctuate. Some of the factors that could cause our operating results to fluctuate include:
| |
• | limited visibility into and difficulty predicting from quarter to quarter, the level of activity in our customers’ practices including limited visibility into the number of aligners purchased by SmileDirectClub, LLC ("SDC") under the supply agreement; |
| |
• | weakness in consumer spending as a result of a slowdown in the global, U.S. or other economies; |
| |
• | changes in relationships with our distributors; |
| |
• | changes in the timing of receipt of Invisalign case product orders during a given quarter which, given our cycle time and the delay between case receipts and case shipments, could have an impact on which quarter revenue can be recognized; |
| |
• | fluctuations in currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar; |
| |
• | our inability to scale production of our iTero Element scanner to meet customer demand; |
| |
• | if participation in our customer rebate or discount programs increases our average selling price will be adversely affected; |
| |
• | seasonal fluctuations in the number of doctors in their offices and their availability to take appointments; |
| |
• | success of or changes to our marketing programs from quarter to quarter; |
| |
• | our reliance on our contract manufacturers for the production of sub-assemblies for our intraoral scanners; |
| |
• | timing of industry tradeshows; |
| |
• | changes in the timing of when revenue is recognized, including as a result of the introduction of new products or promotions, modifications to our terms and conditions or as a result of changes to critical accounting estimates or new accounting pronouncements; |
| |
• | changes to our effective tax rate; |
| |
• | unanticipated delays in production caused by insufficient capacity or availability of raw materials; |
| |
• | any disruptions in the manufacturing process, including unexpected turnover in the labor force or the introduction of new production processes, power outages or natural or other disasters beyond our control; |
| |
• | the development and marketing of directly competitive products by existing and new competitors; |
| |
• | disruptions to our business as a result of our agreement to manufacture clear aligners for SDC, including market acceptance of the SDC business model and product, possible adverse customer reaction and negative publicity about us and our products; |
| |
• | impairments in the value of our strategic investments in SDC and other privately held companies could be material; |
| |
• | major changes in available technology or the preferences of customers may cause our current product offerings to become less competitive or obsolete; |
| |
• | aggressive price competition from competitors; |
| |
• | costs and expenditures in connection with litigation; |
| |
• | the timing of new product introductions by us and our competitors, as well as customer order deferrals in anticipation of enhancements or new products; |
| |
• | unanticipated delays in our receipt of patient records made through an intraoral scanner for any reason; |
| |
• | disruptions to our business due to political, economic or other social instability, including the impact of an epidemic any of which results in changes in consumer spending habits, consumers unable or unwilling to visit the orthodontist or general practitioners office, as well as any impact on workforce absenteeism; |
| |
• | inaccurate forecasting of net revenues, production and other operating costs, |
| |
• | investments in research and development to develop new products and enhancements; |
| |
• | changes in accounting standards, policies and estimates including changes made by our equity investee; and |
| |
• | our ability to successfully hedge against a portion of our foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities. |
To respond to these and other factors, we may need to make business decisions that could adversely affect our operating results such as modifications to our pricing policy, business structure or operations. Most of our expenses, such as employee compensation and lease payment obligations, are relatively fixed in the short term. Moreover, our expense levels are based, in part, on our expectations regarding future revenue levels. As a result, if our net revenues for a particular period fall below our expectations, whether caused by changes in consumer spending, consumer preferences, weakness in the U.S. or global economies, changes in customer behavior related to advertising and prescribing our product or other factors, we may be unable to adjust spending quickly enough to offset any shortfall in net revenues. Due to these and other factors, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our results for any one quarter as an indication of our future performance.
A disruption in the operations of our primary freight carrier or higher shipping costs could cause a decline in our net revenues or a reduction in our earnings.
We are dependent on commercial freight carriers, primarily UPS, to deliver our products to our customers. If the operations of these carriers are disrupted for any reason, we may be unable to deliver our products to our customers on a timely basis. If we cannot deliver our products in an efficient and timely manner, our customers may reduce their orders from us and our net revenues and gross margin could materially decline. In a rising fuel cost environment, our freight costs will increase. If freight costs materially increase and we are unable to pass that increase along to our customers for any reason or otherwise offset such increases in our cost of net revenues, our gross margin and financial results could be adversely affected.
If we are unable to accurately predict our volume growth, and fail to hire a sufficient number of technicians in advance of such demand, the delivery time of our products could be delayed which could adversely affect our results of operations.
Treatment planning is a key step leading to our manufacturing process which relies on sophisticated computer technology requiring new technicians to undergo a relatively long training process. Training production technicians takes approximately 90 to 120 days. As a result, if we are unable to accurately predict our volume growth, we may not have a sufficient number of trained technicians to deliver our products within the time frame our customers expect. Such a delay could cause us to lose existing customers or fail to attract new customers. This could cause a decline in our net revenues and net income and could adversely affect our results of operations.
Our headquarters, digital dental modeling processes, and other manufacturing processes are principally located in regions that are subject to earthquakes and other natural disasters.
Our digital dental modeling is primarily processed in our facility located in San Jose, Costa Rica. The operations team in Costa Rica creates ClinCheck treatment plans using sophisticated computer software. In addition, our customer facing operations are located in Costa Rica. Our aligner molds and finished aligners are fabricated in Juarez, Mexico. Both locations in Costa Rica and Mexico are in earthquake zones and may be subject to other natural disasters. If there is a major earthquake or any other natural
disaster in a region where one of these facilities is located, our ability to create ClinCheck treatment plans, respond to customer inquiries or manufacture and ship our aligners could be compromised which could result in our customers experiencing a significant delay in receiving their completed aligners and a decrease in service levels for a period of time. In addition, our corporate headquarters in California is located in the San Francisco Bay Area. An earthquake or other natural disaster in this region could result in a disruption in our operations. Any such business interruption could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our information technology systems are critical to our business. System integration and implementation issues and system security risks could disrupt our operations, which could have a material adverse impact on our business and operating results.
We rely on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of complex information technology systems. All information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of sources. As our business has grown in size and complexity, the growth has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our information technology systems. To effectively manage this growth, our information systems and applications require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain, protect and enhance existing systems and develop new systems to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology, evolving industry and regulatory standards and changing customer preferences. We are in a multi-year, company-wide program to transform certain business processes or extend established processes which includes the transition to a new enterprise resource planning ("ERP") software system. We implemented the first phase of our ERP on July 1, 2016 and, while we believe we are past any potential significant business disruption, we are still monitoring and troubleshooting potential issues. The implementation of additional functionality in the ERP system entails certain risks, including difficulties with changes in business processes that could disrupt our operations, such as our ability to track orders and timely ship products, manage our supply chain and aggregate financial and operational data. Additionally, if we are not able to accurately forecast expenses related to the project, this may have an adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.
If the information we rely upon to run our businesses were to be found to be inaccurate or unreliable, if we fail to properly maintain our information systems and data integrity, or if we fail to develop new capabilities to meet our business needs in a timely manner, we could have operational disruptions, have customer disputes, lose our ability to produce timely and accurate reports, have regulatory or other legal problems, have increases in operating and administrative expenses, lose existing customers, have difficulty in attracting new customers or in implementing our growth strategies, or suffer other adverse consequences. In addition, experienced computer programmers and hackers may be able to penetrate our network security or our cloud-based software servers hosted by third party and misappropriate our confidential information or that of third parties, create system disruptions or cause shutdowns. Furthermore, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we either internally develop or procure from third parties which we depend upon may contain defects in design and manufacture, including “bugs” and other problems that can unexpectedly interfere with the operation of the system. The costs to eliminate or alleviate security problems, viruses and bugs could be significant, and the efforts to address these problems could result in interruptions that may have a material adverse impact on our operations, net revenues and operating results.
System upgrades and enhancements require significant expenditures and allocation of valuable employee resources. Delays in integration or disruptions to our business from implementation of these new or upgraded systems could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.
Additionally, we continuously upgrade our customer facing software applications, specifically the ClinCheck and MyAligntech software. Software applications frequently contain errors or defects, especially when they are first introduced or when new versions are released. The discovery of a defect or error or the incompatibility with the computer operating system and hardware configurations of customers in a new upgraded version or the failure of our primary information systems may result in the following consequences, among others: loss of revenue or delay in market acceptance, damage to our reputation or increased service costs, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Furthermore, our business requires the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. Because of the confidential health information we store and transmit, security breaches could expose us to a risk of regulatory action, litigation, possible liability and loss. We have experienced such breaches in the past and our security measures may be inadequate to prevent security breaches, and our business operations and profitability would be adversely affected by, among other things, loss of customers and potential criminal and civil sanctions if they are not prevented.
There can be no assurance that our process of improving existing systems, developing new systems to support our expanding operations, integrating new systems, protecting confidential patient information, and improving service levels will not be delayed or that additional systems issues will not arise in the future. Failure to adequately protect and maintain the integrity of our information systems and data may result in a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
If the security of our customer and patient information is compromised, patient care could suffer, and we could be liable for related damages, and our reputation could be impaired.
We retain confidential customer and patient information in our processing centers. Therefore, it is critical that our facilities and infrastructure remain secure and are also perceived by the marketplace and our customers to be secure. Despite the implementation of security measures, we have experienced such breaches in the past and our infrastructure may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, computer viruses, programming errors or other technical malfunctions, hacking or phishing attacks by third parties, employee error or malfeasance or similar disruptive problems. If we fail to meet our customer and patient’s expectations regarding the security of healthcare information, we could be liable for damages and our reputation and competition position could be impaired. Affected parties could initiate legal or regulatory action against us, which could cause us to incur significant expense and liability or result in orders forcing us to modify our business practices. Concerns over our privacy practices could adversely affect others’ perception of us and deter customers, advertisers and partners from using our products. In addition, patient care could suffer, and we could be liable if our systems fail to deliver correct information in a timely manner. Our insurance may not protect us from this risk.
We are also subject to several federal, state and foreign laws and regulations, including ones relating to privacy, data protection, content regulation, and consumer protection. These laws and regulations are constantly evolving and may be interpreted, applied, created or amended in a manner that could adversely affect our business.
Our success depends in part on our proprietary technology, and if we are unable to successfully enforce our intellectual property rights, our competitive position may be harmed. Litigating claims of this type is costly and could distract our management and cause a decline in our results of operations and stock price.
Our success will depend in part on our ability to maintain existing intellectual property and to obtain and maintain further intellectual property protection for our products, both in the U.S. and in other countries. Our inability to do so could harm our competitive position. As of December 31, 2017, we had 420 active U.S. patents, 456 active foreign patents, and 416 pending global patent applications.
We intend to rely on our portfolio of issued and pending patent applications in the U.S. and in other countries to protect a large part of our intellectual property and our competitive position; however, our currently pending or future patent filings may not result in the issuance of patents. Additionally, any patents issued to us may be challenged, invalidated, held unenforceable, circumvented, or may not be sufficiently broad to prevent third parties from producing competing products similar in design to our products. In addition, any protection afforded by foreign patents may be more limited than that provided under U.S. patents and intellectual property laws. Certain of our key patents began to expire in 2017, which may result in increased competition or less expensive alternatives to our products. We also rely on protection of our copyrights, trade secrets, know-how and proprietary information. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and our collaborative partners upon commencement of a relationship with us; however, these agreements may not provide meaningful protection against the unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets or other confidential information, and adequate remedies may not exist if unauthorized use or disclosure were to occur. Our inability to maintain the proprietary nature of our technology through patents, copyrights or trade secrets would impair our competitive advantages and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and future growth prospects. In particular, a failure to protect our proprietary rights might allow competitors to copy our technology, which could adversely affect our pricing and market share. In addition, in an effort to protect our intellectual property we have in the past been and may in the future be involved in litigation. The potential effects on our business operations resulting from litigation that we may participate in the future, whether or not ultimately determined in our favor or settled by us, are costly and divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel from normal business operations.
Litigation, interferences, oppositions, re-exams, inter partes reviews, post grant reviews or other proceedings are, have been and may in the future be necessary in some instances to determine the validity and scope of certain of our proprietary rights, and in other instances to determine the validity, scope or non-infringement of certain patent rights claimed by third parties to be pertinent to the manufacture, use or sale of our products. Litigation, interference, oppositions, re-exams, inter partes reviews, post grant reviews, administrative challenges or other similar types of proceedings are unpredictable and may be protracted, expensive and distracting to management. The outcome of such proceedings could adversely affect the validity and scope of our patent or other proprietary rights, hinder our ability to manufacture and market our products, require us to seek a license for the infringed product or technology or result in the assessment of significant monetary damages. An unfavorable ruling could include monetary damages or, in cases where injunctive relief is sought, an injunction prohibiting us from selling our products. Any of these results from our litigation could adversely affect our results of operations and stock price.
While we believe we currently have adequate internal control over financial reporting, we are required to assess our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis and any future adverse results from such assessment could result in a loss of investor confidence in our financial reports and have an adverse effect on our stock price.
Pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, we are required to furnish in our Form 10-K a report by our management regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The report includes, among other things, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of our fiscal year, including a statement as to whether or not our internal control over financial reporting is effective. This assessment must include disclosure of any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting identified by management. While we believe our internal control over financial reporting is currently effective, the effectiveness of our internal controls in future periods is subject to the risk that our controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions including our transition of further business operations into our ERP software system, and, as a result, the degree of compliance of our internal control over financial reporting with the existing policies or procedures may become ineffective. Establishing, testing and maintaining an effective system of internal control over financial reporting requires significant resources and time commitments on the part of our management and our finance staff, may require additional staffing and infrastructure investments and would increase our costs of doing business. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective in any future period (or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls or conclude that our internal controls are ineffective), we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could have an adverse effect on our stock price.
If we lose our key personnel or are unable to attract and retain key personnel, we may be unable to pursue business opportunities or develop our products.
We are highly dependent on the key employees in our clinical engineering, technology development, sales, training and marketing personnel and management teams. The loss of the services provided by those individuals may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our product development and other business objectives and could harm our business. Our future success will also depend on our ability to identify, recruit, train and retain additional qualified personnel, including orthodontists. Few orthodontists are accustomed to working in a manufacturing environment since they are generally trained to work in private practices, universities and other research institutions. Thus, we may be unable to attract and retain personnel with the advanced qualifications necessary for the further development of our business. Furthermore, we may not be successful in retaining our key personnel or their services. If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel, our business could be materially harmed.
If we infringe the patents or proprietary rights of other parties or are subject to a patent infringement claim, our ability to grow our business may be severely limited.
Extensive litigation over patents and other intellectual property rights is common in the medical device industry. We have been sued for infringement of third party’s patents in the past and we may be the subject of patent or other litigation in the future. From time to time, we have received and may in the future receive letters from third parties drawing our attention to their patent rights. While we do not believe that we infringe upon any valid and enforceable rights that have been brought to our attention, there may be other more pertinent rights of which we are presently unaware. The defense and prosecution of intellectual property suits, interference proceedings and related legal and administrative proceedings could result in substantial expense to us and significant diversion of effort by our technical and management personnel. An adverse determination of any litigation or interference proceeding to which we may become a party could subject us to significant liabilities. An adverse determination of this nature could also put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly or require us to seek licenses from third parties. Licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, in which event, our business would be materially adversely affected.
We maintain single supply relationships for certain of our key machines and materials technologies, and our business and operating results could be harmed if supply is restricted or ends or the price of raw materials used in our manufacturing process increases.
We are highly dependent on manufacturers of specialized scanning equipment, rapid prototyping machines, resin and other advanced materials, as well as the optics, electronic and other mechanical components of our intraoral scanners. We maintain single supply relationships for many of these machines and materials technologies. In particular, our CT scanning and stereolithography equipment used in our aligner manufacturing and many of the critical components for the optics of our scanners are provided by single suppliers. We are also committed to purchasing the vast majority of our resin and polymer, the primary raw materials used in our manufacturing process for clear aligners, from a single source. If these or other suppliers encounter financial, operating or other difficulties or if our relationship with them changes, we might not be able to quickly establish or qualify replacement sources of supply and could face production interruptions, delays and inefficiencies. In addition, technology changes by our vendors could disrupt access to required manufacturing capacity or require expensive, time consuming development efforts to adapt and integrate new equipment or processes. Our growth may exceed the capacity of one or more of these manufacturers to produce the needed equipment and materials in sufficient quantities to support our growth. Conversely, in order to secure supplies for production of products, we sometimes enter into non-cancelable minimum purchase commitments with vendors, which could impact our ability to adjust our inventory to reflect declining market demands. If demand for our products is less than we expect, we may experience additional excess and obsolete inventories and be forced to incur additional charges and our profitability may suffer. In the event of technology changes, delivery delays, or shortages of or increases in price for these items, our business and growth prospects may be harmed.
We depend on a single contract manufacturer and supplier of parts used in our iTero scanner and any disruption in this relationship may cause us to fail to meet the demands of our customers and damage our customer relationships.
We rely on a third party manufacturer to supply key sub-assemblies for our iTero Element scanner. As a result, if this third party manufacturer fails to deliver its components, if we lose its services or if we fail to negotiate acceptable terms, we may be unable to deliver our products in a timely manner and our business may be harmed. Any difficulties encountered by the third party manufacturer with respect to hiring personnel and maintaining acceptable manufacturing standards, controls, procedures and policies could disrupt our ability to deliver our products in a timely manner. Finding a substitute manufacturer may be expensive, time-consuming or impossible and could result in a significant interruption in the supply of our intraoral scanning products. Any failure by our contract manufacturer that results in delays in our fulfillment of customer orders may cause us to lose revenues and suffer damage to our customer relationships.
We primarily rely on our direct sales force to sell our products, and any failure to maintain our direct sales force could harm our business.
Our ability to sell our products and generate revenues primarily depends upon our direct sales force within our North American and international markets. We do not have any long-term employment contracts with the members of our direct sales force. The loss of the services provided by these key personnel may harm our business. If we are unable to retain our direct sales force personnel or replace them with individuals of equivalent technical expertise and qualifications, or if we are unable to successfully instill such technical expertise or if we fail to establish and maintain strong relationships with our customers within a relatively short period of time, our net revenues and our ability to maintain market share could be materially harmed. In addition, due to our large and fragmented customer base, we may not be able to provide all of our customers with product support immediately upon the launch of a new product. As a result, adoption of new products by our customers may be slower than anticipated and our ability to grow market share and increase our net revenues may be harmed.
If our distributor relationships are not successful, our ability to market and sell our products would be harmed and our financial performance will be adversely affected.
We depend on relationships with distributors for the marketing and sales of our products in various geographic regions, and we have a limited ability to influence their efforts. Relying on distributors for our sales and marketing could harm our business for various reasons, including:
| |
• | agreements with distributors may terminate prematurely due to disagreements or may result in litigation between the partners; |
| |
• | we may not be able to renew existing distributor agreements on acceptable terms; |
| |
• | our distributors may not devote sufficient resources to the sale of products; |
| |
• | our distributors may be unsuccessful in marketing our products; |
| |
• | our existing relationships with distributors may preclude us from entering into additional future arrangements with other distributors; and |
| |
• | we may not be able to negotiate future distributor agreements on acceptable terms. |
Complying with regulations enforced by the FDA and other regulatory authorities is an expensive and time-consuming process, and any failure to comply could result in substantial penalties.
Our products are considered medical devices and are subject to extensive regulation in the U.S. and internationally. FDA regulations are wide ranging and govern, among other things:
| |
• | product design, development, manufacturing and testing; |
| |
• | pre-market clearance or approval; |
| |
• | complaint handling and corrective actions; |
| |
• | advertising and promotion; and |
| |
• | product sales and distribution. |
Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement action by the FDA or state agencies, which may include any of the following sanctions:
| |
• | warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties; |
| |
• | repair, replacement, refunds, recall or seizure of our products; |
| |
• | operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production; |
| |
• | refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing products; |
| |
• | withdrawing clearance or pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and |
If any of these events were to occur, they could harm our business. We must comply with facility registration and product listing requirements of the FDA and adhere to applicable Quality System regulations. The FDA enforces its Quality System regulations through periodic unannounced inspections. Our failure to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse inspection or the failure to comply with applicable manufacturing regulations could result in enforcement action, and we may be required to find alternative manufacturers, which could be a long and costly process. Any FDA enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.
Before we can sell a new medical device in the U.S., or market a new use of or claim for an existing product, we must obtain FDA clearance or approval unless an exemption applies. Obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals can be a lengthy and time-consuming process. Even though the devices we market have obtained the necessary clearances from the FDA, we may be unable to maintain such clearances in the future. Furthermore, we may be unable to obtain the necessary clearances for new devices that
we intend to market in the future. Our inability to maintain or obtain regulatory clearances or approvals could materially harm our business.
In addition, as part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the SEC adopted disclosure requirements regarding the use of certain minerals, known as conflict minerals, which are mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries, as well as procedures regarding a manufacturer's efforts to identify and discourage the sourcing of such minerals and metals produced from those minerals. Additional reporting obligations are being proposed by the European Union. The U.S. requirements and any additional requirements in Europe could affect the sourcing and availability of metals used in the manufacture of a limited number of parts (if any) contained in our products. For example, these disclosure requirements may decrease the number of suppliers capable of supplying our needs for certain metals, thereby negatively affecting our ability to obtain products in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices. Our material sourcing is broad based and multi-tiered, and we may be unable to conclusively verify the origins for all metals used in our products. We may suffer financial and reputational harm if customers require, and we are unable to deliver, certification that our products are conflict free. Regardless, we will incur additional costs associated with compliance with these disclosure requirements, including time-consuming and costly efforts to determine the source of any conflict minerals used in our products.
If compliance with healthcare regulations becomes costly and difficult for our customers or for us, we may not be able to grow our business.
Participants in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive and frequently changing regulations under numerous laws administered by governmental entities at the federal, state and local levels, some of which are, and others of which may be, applicable to our business. In response to perceived increases in health care costs, Congress passed health care reform legislation that was signed into law in March 2010. This legislation contains many provisions designed to generate the revenues necessary to fund the coverage expansions. The most relevant of these provisions are those that impose fees or taxes on certain health-related industries, including medical device manufacturers.
Furthermore, our healthcare provider customers are also subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations that could affect the nature and scope of their relationships with us. The healthcare market itself is highly regulated and subject to changing political, economic and regulatory influences. Regulations implemented pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act ("HIPAA"), including regulations affecting the security and privacy of patient healthcare information held by healthcare providers and their business associates may require us to make significant and unplanned enhancements of software applications or services, result in delays or cancellations of orders, or result in the revocation of endorsement of our products and services by healthcare participants. The effect of HIPAA and newly enforced regulations on our business is difficult to predict, and there can be no assurance that we will adequately address the business risks created by HIPAA and its implementation or that we will be able to take advantage of any resulting business opportunities.
Extensive and changing government regulation of the healthcare industry may be expensive to comply with and exposes us to the risk of substantial government penalties.
In addition to medical device laws and regulations, numerous state and federal healthcare-related laws regulate our business, covering areas such as:
| |
• | storage, transmission and disclosure of medical information and healthcare records; |
| |
• | prohibitions against the offer, payment or receipt of remuneration to induce referrals to entities providing healthcare services or goods or to induce the order, purchase or recommendation of our products; and |
| |
• | the marketing and advertising of our products. |
Complying with these laws and regulations could be expensive and time-consuming, and could increase our operating costs or reduce or eliminate certain of our sales and marketing activities or our revenues.
Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims, and we may incur substantial expenses if we are subject to product liability claims or litigation.
Medical devices involve an inherent risk of product liability claims and associated adverse publicity. We may be held liable if any product we develop or any product that uses or incorporates any of our technologies causes injury or is otherwise found unsuitable. Although we intend to continue to maintain product liability insurance, adequate insurance may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all, and may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. A product liability claim, regardless
of its merit or eventual outcome, could result in significant legal defense costs. These costs would have the effect of increasing our expenses and diverting management’s attention away from the operation of our business, and could harm our business.
Historically, the market price for our common stock has been volatile.
The market price of our common stock could be subject to wide price fluctuations in response to various factors, many of which are beyond our control. The factors include:
| |
• | quarterly variations in our results of operations and liquidity; |
| |
• | changes in recommendations by the investment community or in their estimates of our net revenues or operating results; |
| |
• | speculation in the press or investment community concerning our business and results of operations; |
| |
• | strategic actions by our competitors, such as product announcements or acquisitions; |
| |
• | announcements of technological innovations or new products by us, our customers or competitors; and |
| |
• | general economic market conditions. |
In addition, the stock market, in general and the market for technology and medical device companies, in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated to or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry factors may seriously harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. Historically, class action litigation is often brought against an issuing company following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities.
Future sales of significant amounts of our common stock may depress our stock price.
A large percentage of our outstanding common stock is currently owned by a small number of significant stockholders. These stockholders have sold in the past, and may sell in the future, large amounts of common stock over relatively short periods of time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market by our existing stockholders may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Such sales could create public perception of difficulties or problems with our business and may depress our stock price.
We are subject to risks associated with our strategic investments. Impairments in the value of our investments and receivables could negatively impact our financial results.
We have invested in SmileDirectClub, LLC ("SDC") and other privately held companies for strategic reasons and to support key business initiatives, and we may not realize a return on our strategic investments. Many of such companies generate net losses and the market for their products, services or technologies may be slow to develop. Further, valuations of privately held companies are inherently complex due to the lack of readily available market data. If we determine that our investments and receivables in SDC or other privately held companies have experienced a decline in value, we may be required to record impairments, which could be material and could have an adverse impact on our financial results.
If our goodwill or long-lived assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.
Under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States (“GAAP”), we review our goodwill and long-lived asset group for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Additionally, goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually. The qualitative and quantitative analysis used to test goodwill are dependent upon various assumptions and reflect management’s best estimates. Changes in certain assumptions including revenue growth rates, discount rates, earnings multiples and future cash flows may cause a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of goodwill or the asset group may be impaired. We may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in the financial statements during the period in which any impairment of goodwill or asset group are determined.
Changes in, or interpretations of, accounting rules and regulations, could result in unfavorable accounting charges.
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. These principles are subject to interpretation by the SEC and various bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting policies. A change in these policies can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even retroactively affect previously reported transactions. Our accounting policies that recently have been, or may be affected by changes in the accounting rules relate to stock-based compensation, revenue recognition and leases.
If we fail to manage our exposure to global financial and securities market risk successfully, our operating results and financial statements could be materially impacted.
The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal. To achieve this objective, a majority of our marketable investments are investment grade, liquid, fixed-income securities and money market instruments denominated in U.S. dollars. If the carrying value of our investments exceeds the fair value, and the decline in fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, we will be required to write down the value of our investments, which could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, the performance of certain securities in our investment portfolio correlates with the credit condition of the U.S. financial sector. In an unstable credit environment, we might incur significant realized, unrealized or impairment losses associated with these investments.
On July 1, 2016, we changed our corporate structure; however, if we are unable to maintain this structure or if it is challenged by U.S. or foreign tax authorities, we may be unable to realize tax savings which could materially and adversely affect our operating results.
We implemented a new international corporate structure on July 1, 2016. This corporate structure may reduce our overall effective tax rate over time through changes in the structure of our international procurement and sales operations, as well as realignment of the ownership and use of intellectual property among our wholly-owned subsidiaries.
The structure includes legal entities located in jurisdictions with income tax rates lower than the U.S. federal statutory tax rate. Such intercompany arrangements would be designed to result in income earned by such entities in accordance with arm’s-length principles and commensurate with functions performed, risks assumed and ownership of valuable corporate assets. We believe that income taxed in certain foreign jurisdictions at a lower rate relative to the U.S. federal statutory rate will have a beneficial impact on our worldwide effective tax rate over the medium to long term.
If the structure is challenged by U.S. or foreign tax authorities, if changes in domestic and international tax laws negatively impact the structure, including the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enacted into law on December 22, 2017, or if we do not operate our business in a manner consistent with the structure and applicable regulatory provisions, we may fail to achieve the financial and operational efficiencies that we anticipate as a result of the structure, and our business, financial condition and net income may be materially and adversely affected.
Our effective tax rate may vary significantly from period to period.
Various internal and external factors may have favorable or unfavorable effects on our future effective tax rate. These factors include, but are not limited to, changes in tax laws, regulations and/or rates, new or changes to accounting pronouncements, non-deductible goodwill impairments, changing interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations, changes in the relative proportions of revenues and income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates, the future levels of tax benefits of stock-based compensation, settlement of income tax audits, and changes in overall levels of pretax earnings. With the adoption of the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-09, we also anticipate our first quarter effective tax rate to vary significantly due to the timing of when majority of our equity compensation vests each year. Other quarters can also be impacted depending on the timing of equity vests.
In addition, our tax rate may be impacted by tax holidays or incentives. In June 2017, the Costa Rica Ministry of Foreign Trade, an agency of the Government of Costa Rica, granted an extension of certain income tax incentives for an additional twelve year period. Under these incentives, all of the income in Costa Rica is subject to a reduced tax rate. In order to receive the benefit of these incentives, we must hire a specified number of employees and maintain certain minimum levels of fixed asset investment in Costa Rica. If we do not fulfill these conditions for any reason, our incentive could lapse and our income in Costa Rica would be subject to taxation at higher rates which could have a negative impact on our operating results. The Costa Rica corporate income tax rate that would apply, absent the incentives, is 30% for 2017, 2016 and 2015. As a result of these incentives, our income taxes were reduced by $1.8 million, $19.1 million and $32.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, representing a benefit to diluted net income per share of $0.02, $0.23 and $0.40 in the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Changes in tax laws or tax rulings could negatively impact our income tax provision and net income.
As a U.S. multinational corporation, we are subject to changing tax laws both within and outside of the U.S. Changes in tax laws or tax rulings, or changes in interpretations of existing tax laws, could affect our income tax provision and net income or require us to change the manner in which we operate our business. On December 22, 2017, the U.S. enacted significant tax reform, and certain provisions of the new law may adversely affect us. In addition, governmental tax authorities are increasingly scrutinizing the tax positions of companies. Many countries in Europe, as well as a number of other countries and organizations, have recently proposed or recommended changes to existing tax laws or have enacted new laws. For example, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development ("OECD") has been working on a "Base Erosion and Profit Shifting Project," which is focused on a number of issues, including the shifting of profits between affiliated entities in different tax jurisdictions. In 2015, the OECD issued and is expected to continue to issue, guidelines and proposals that may change various aspects of the existing framework under which our tax obligations are determined in many of the countries in which we do business.
ITEM 1B.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2.PROPERTIES
We occupy several leased and owned facilities with total office and manufacturing area of over 786,714 square feet. At December 31, 2017, the significant facilities were occupied as follows:
|
| | | |
Location | Lease/Own | Primary Use | Expiration of Lease |
San Jose, California | Own | Office for corporate headquarters, research & development and administrative personnel | N/A |
Juarez, Mexico | Own | Manufacturing and office for administrative personnel | N/A |
San Jose, Costa Rica | Lease | Office for administrative personnel, treatment personnel, and customer care | June 2023 |
Or Yehuda, Israel
| Lease | Manufacturing and office for research & development and administrative personnel | February 2022 |
Amsterdam, The Netherlands | Lease | Office for international headquarters, sales and marketing and administrative personnel | March 2020 |
Moscow, Russia | Lease | Office for research & development | July 2023 |
Raleigh, North Carolina | Lease | Office for research & development and administrative personnel | November 2024 |
Ziyang, China | Lease | Manufacturing and office for administrative personnel | May 2021 |
ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Patent Infringement Lawsuit
On November 14, 2017, Align filed six patent infringement lawsuits asserting 26 patents against 3Shape A/S, a Danish corporation, and a related U.S. corporate entity, asserting that 3Shape's Trios intraoral scanning system and Dental System software infringe Align patents. Align filed two Section 337 complaints with the U.S. International Trade Commission (ITC) alleging that 3Shape violates U.S. trade laws by selling for importation and importing its infringing Trios intraoral scanning system and Dental System software. Align's ITC complaints seek cease and desist orders and exclusion orders prohibiting the importation of 3Shape's Trios scanning system and Dental System software products into the U.S. Align also filed four separate complaints in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware alleging patent infringement by 3Shape's Trios intraoral scanning system and Dental System software. All of these district court complaints seek monetary damages and injunctive relief against further infringement.
In the course of Align's operations, Align is involved in a variety of claims, suits, investigations, and proceedings, including actions with respect to intellectual property claims, patent infringement claims, government investigations, labor and employment claims, breach of contract claims, tax, and other matters. Regardless of the outcome, these proceedings can have an adverse impact
on us because of defense costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors. Although the results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict and Align's view of these matters may change in the future as litigation and events related thereto unfold; Align currently does not believe that these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will materially affect Align's financial position, results of operations or cash flows (Refer to Note 8 "Legal Proceedings" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on legal proceedings).
ITEM 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Price Range of Common Stock
Our common stock is quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ALGN.” The following table sets forth the range of high and low per share sales prices as reported for each period indicated:
|
| | | | | | | |
| High | | Low |
Year Ended December 31, 2017: | | | |
Fourth quarter | $ | 266.41 |
| | $ | 184.67 |
|
Third quarter | $ | 190.04 |
| | $ | 148.95 |
|
Second quarter | $ | 154.85 |
| | $ | 113.40 |
|
First quarter | $ | 115.20 |
| | $ | 88.56 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2016: | | | |
Fourth quarter | $ | 102.10 |
| | $ | 83.27 |
|
Third quarter | $ | 96.90 |
| | $ | 80.30 |
|
Second quarter | $ | 81.98 |
| | $ | 70.03 |
|
First quarter | $ | 73.55 |
| | $ | 57.31 |
|
On February 23, 2018, the closing price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market was $265.07 per share. As of February 23, 2018, there were approximately 86 holders of record of our common stock. Because the majority of our shares of outstanding common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders.
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
Performance Graph
Notwithstanding any statement to the contrary in any of our previous or future filings with the SEC, the following information relating to the price performance of our common stock shall not be deemed “filed” with the SEC or “Soliciting Material” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act except to the extent we specifically request that such information be treated as soliciting material or to the extent we specifically incorporate this information by reference.
The graph below matches our cumulative 5-year total shareholder return on common stock with the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Composite index, the S&P 500 and the S&P 1500 Composite Health Care Equipment & Supplies index. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common stock, in the peer group, and the index (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2017.
UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Following is a summary of stock repurchases for the three months ended December 31, 2017:
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Period | | Total Number of Shares Repurchased | | Average Price Paid per Share | | Total Number of Shares Repurchased as Part of Publicly Announced Program | | Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Repurchased Under the Program (1) |
October 1, 2017 through October 31, 2017 | | — |
| | $ | — |
| | — |
| | $ | 250,000,000 |
|
November 1, 2017 through November 30, 2017 | | 205,000 |
| | $ | 243.40 |
| | 205,000 |
| | $ | 200,000,000 |
|
December 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017 | | — |
| | $ | — |
| | — |
| | $ | 200,000,000 |
|
(1) Stock Repurchase Programs
| |
◦ | April 2014 Repurchase Program. In 2017, we repurchased shares of our common stock on the open market for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.8 million, completing the April 2014 Repurchase Program. |
| |
◦ | April 2016 Repurchase Program. In 2017, we repurchased, $50.0 million of our common stock through an accelerated stock repurchase agreement and $50.0 million on the open market. |
| |
◦ | Remaining Available Repurchases. As of December 31, 2017, we have $200.0 million remaining under the April 2016 Repurchase Program. In February 2018, we repurchased approximately 0.4 million shares on the open market for an aggregate purchase price of $100 million, at an average share price of $252.24. (Refer to Note 10 "Common Stock Repurchase Program" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on stock repurchase program). |
ITEM 6.SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables set forth the selected consolidated financial data for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2017. The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. We have derived the statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 from the consolidated audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were derived from the consolidated audited financial statements that are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 | | 2015 | | 2014 | | 2013 |
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: | | | | | | | | | |
Net revenues | $ | 1,473,413 |
| | $ | 1,079,874 |
| | $ | 845,486 |
| | $ | 761,653 |
| | $ | 660,206 |
|
Gross profit (1) | $ | 1,116,947 |
| | $ | 815,294 |
| | $ | 640,110 |
| | $ | 578,443 |
| | $ | 498,106 |
|
Income from operations (2) | 353,611 |
| | 248,921 |
| | 188,634 |
| | 193,576 |
| | 94,212 |
|
Interest and other income (expense), net | 11,188 |
| | (6,355 | ) | | (2,533 | ) | | (3,207 | ) | | (1,073 | ) |
Net income before provision for income taxes and equity in losses of investee (3) | 364,799 |
| | 242,566 |
| | 186,101 |
| | 190,369 |
| | 93,139 |
|
Provision for income taxes (4) | 130,162 |
| | 51,200 |
| | 42,081 |
| | 44,537 |
| | 28,844 |
|
Equity in losses of investee, net of tax | 3,219 |
| | 1,684 |
| | — |
| | — |
| | — |
|
Net income | $ | 231,418 |
| | $ | 189,682 |
| | $ | 144,020 |
| | $ | 145,832 |
| | $ | 64,295 |
|
Net income per share: | | | | | | | | | |
Basic | $ | 2.89 |
| | $ | 2.38 |
| | $ | 1.80 |
| | $ | 1.81 |
| | $ | 0.80 |
|
Diluted | $ | 2.83 |
| | $ | 2.33 |
| | $ | 1.77 |
| | $ | 1.77 |
| | $ | 0.78 |
|
Shares used in computing net income per share: | | | | | | | | | |
Basic | 80,085 |
| | 79,856 |
| | 79,998 |
| | 80,754 |
| | 80,551 |
|
Diluted | 81,832 |
| | 81,484 |
| | 81,521 |
| | 82,283 |
| | 82,589 |
|
| | | | | | | | | |
| December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 | | 2015 | | 2014 | | 2013 |
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: | | | | | | | | | |
Working capital (5) | $ | 659,187 |
| | $ | 598,643 |
| | $ | 460,338 |
| | $ | 455,349 |
| | $ | 369,338 |
|
Total assets | 1,777,856 |
| | 1,396,151 |
| | 1,158,633 |
| | 987,997 |
| | 832,147 |
|
Total long-term liabilities | 129,670 |
| | 46,427 |
| | 39,035 |
| | 33,415 |
| | 22,839 |
|
Stockholders’ equity | $ | 1,150,370 |
| | $ | 995,389 |
| | $ | 847,926 |
| | $ | 752,771 |
| | $ | 633,970 |
|
| |
(1) | Gross profit includes: |
| |
• | $1.7 million out of period adjustment in 2013 |
(2) Income from operations includes:
| |
• | $40.7 million and $26.3 million of goodwill and long-lived asset impairment, respectively, in 2013 |
| |
• | $1.9 million, net of tax, out of period adjustment in 2013 |
(3) Net income before provision for income taxes and equity in losses of investee includes:
| |
• | $40.7 million and $26.3 million of goodwill and long-lived asset impairment, respectively, in 2013 |
| |
• | $1.9 million, net of tax, out of period adjustment in 2013 |
| |
(4) | Provision for income taxes includes: |
| |
• | $1.8 million out of period income tax adjustment in 2014 |
| |
(5) | Working capital is calculated as the difference between total current assets and total current liabilities |
ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Overview
Our goal is to establish Invisalign clear aligners as the standard method for treating malocclusion and to establish the iTero intraoral scanner as the preferred scanning device for 3D digital scans, ultimately driving increased product adoption by dental professionals. We intend to achieve this by continued focus and execution of our strategic growth drivers set forth in the Business Strategy section in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The successful execution of our business strategy in 2018 and beyond may be affected by a number of other factors including:
| |
• | New Products, Feature Enhancements and Technology Innovation. Product innovation drives greater treatment predictability and clinical applicability and ease of use for our customers which supports adoption of Invisalign treatment in their practices. Our focus is to develop solutions and features to treat a wide range of cases from simple to complex. Most recently, in March 2017, we announced Invisalign Teen with mandibular advancement, the first clear aligner solution for Class II correction in growing tween and teen patients. This new offering combines the benefits of the most advanced clear aligner system in the world with features for moving the lower jaw forward while simultaneously aligning the teeth. Invisalign Teen with mandibular advancement is now available in Canada, and select Europe, Middle East and Africa ("EMEA"), Asia Pacific ("APAC") and Latin America ("LATAM") countries. Invisalign Teen with mandibular advancement is pending 510(k) clearance and is not yet available in the United States ("U.S."). We believe that over the long-term, clinical solutions and treatment tools will increase adoption of Invisalign and increase sales of our intraoral scanners; however, it is difficult to predict the rate of adoption which may vary by region and channel. |
| |
• | Invisalign Adoption. Our goal is to establish Invisalign as the treatment of choice for treating malocclusion ultimately driving increased product adoption and frequency of use by dental professionals, also known as "utilization rates." Our quarterly utilization rates for the last 9 quarters are as follows: |
* Invisalign Utilization Rates = # of cases shipped divided by # of doctors cases were shipped to
| |
◦ | Total utilization in the fourth quarter of 2017 increased to 5.7 cases per doctor compared to 5.2 in the fourth quarter of 2016. |
| |
▪ | North America: Utilization among our North American orthodontist customers reached an all time high in the fourth quarter of 2017 at 14.0 cases per doctor. Compared to 11.3 cases per doctor utilized in the fourth quarter of 2016, the increase in North America orthodontist utilization in the fourth quarter of 2017 reflects improvements in product and technology which continues to strengthen our doctors’ clinical confidence such that they now utilize Invisalign more often and on more complex cases, including their teenage patients. |
| |
▪ | International: International doctor utilization of 5.2 cases per doctor in the fourth quarter of 2017 compared to 5.0 in the fourth quarter of 2016. The International utilization reflects growth in both the EMEA and APAC regions due to increasing adoption of the product due in part to its ability to treat more complex cases. |
We expect that over the long-term our utilization rates will gradually improve as a result of advancements in product and technology, which continue to strengthen our doctors’ clinical confidence in the use of Invisalign. In addition, since the teenage market makes up 75% of the 10 million total orthodontic case starts each year and as we continue to drive adoption of teenage patients through sales and marketing programs, we expect our utilization rate to improve. In 2017, 25.5% of our volume was from teenagers starting treatment with Invisalign, an increase of 40.4% from 2016. Our utilization rates, however, may fluctuate from period to period due to a variety of factors, including seasonal trends in our business along with adoption rates of new products and features.
| |
• | Number of New Invisalign Doctors Trained. We continue to expand our Invisalign customer base through the training of new doctors. In 2017, Invisalign growth was driven primarily by increased utilization across all regions as well as by the continued expansion of our customer base as we trained a total of 16,500 new Invisalign doctors, of which 67% were trained internationally. |
| |
• | International Invisalign Growth. We will continue to focus our efforts towards increasing Invisalign adoption by dental professionals in our direct international markets. On a year over year basis, international Invisalign volume increased 52.3% driven primarily by strong performance in our APAC and EMEA regions. We believe that the introduction of Invisalign Teen treatment with mandibular advancement is helping to raise visibility for Invisalign treatment of teenagers and contributed to some of the growth in the APAC market. In 2018, we are continuing to expand in our existing markets through targeted investments in sales coverage and professional marketing and education programs, along with consumer marketing in selected country markets. We expect international Invisalign clear aligner revenues to continue to grow at a faster rate than North America for the foreseeable future due to our continued investment in international market expansion, the size of the market opportunity, and our relatively low market penetration of these regions (Refer to Item 1A Risk Factors - “We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.” for information on related risk factors). |
| |
• | Establish Regional Order Acquisition, Treatment Planning and Manufacturing Operations. We will continue to establish and expand additional order acquisition, treatment planning and manufacturing operations closer to our international customers in order to improve our operational efficiency and to provide doctors confidence in using Invisalign clear aligners to treat more patients and more often: |
| |
◦ | In June 2017, we opened a new treatment planning facility in Chengdu, China which services and supports our customers within China. It also serves as a clinical education and training center for all of our customers across Asia Pacific. |
| |
◦ | In August 2017, we opened a treatment planning facility in Cologne, Germany to support our customers located in Europe. |
| |
◦ | In 2017, we purchased two buildings in Costa Rica for a total purchase price of approximately $51.7 million in order to support our expanding treatment planning and customer service needs. |
| |
◦ | In November 2017, we entered into an Investment Agreement with the People’s Republic of China in which we have committed to invest a minimum of $46.0 million in Ziyang, China over five years to establish manufacturing operations. |
Refer to Item 1A Risk Factors - “As we continue to grow, we are subject to growth related risks, including risks related to excess or constrained capacity at our existing facilities” for information on related risk factors and Refer to Note 9 "Commitments and Contingencies" of the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the Costa Rica purchase agreements and the China investment agreement.
| |
• | Operating Expenses. We expect operating expenses to increase in 2018 due in part to: |
| |
◦ | Investments in international expansion in new country markets; |
| |
◦ | Investments in manufacturing to enhance our regional capabilities; |
| |
◦ | Increases in legal expenses primarily related to the continued protection of our intellectual property rights, including our patents; |
| |
◦ | Increases in sales, marketing and customer support resources; and |
| |
◦ | Product and technology innovation to enhance product efficiency and operational productivity. |
We believe that these investments will position us to increase our revenues and continue to grow our market share.
| |
• | Stock Repurchases: April 2016 Repurchase Program. In 2017, we repurchased $50.0 million of our common stock through an accelerated stock repurchase agreement and repurchased $50.0 million on the open market. As of December 31, 2017, we had $200.0 million remaining under the April 2016 Repurchase Program. In February 2018, we repurchased $100.0 million of our common stock on the open market (Refer to Note 11 "Common Stock Repurchase Program" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on stock repurchase program). |
| |
• | U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was enacted into law on December 22, 2017 and impacted our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017. The TCJA made significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017. We have estimated the impact of the TCJA and recorded a provisional amount of $84.3 million additional income tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2017. This provisional amount includes income tax expenses related to the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities of $10.4 million, and the one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings in the amount of $73.9 million. Additional work is necessary for a more detailed analysis of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and our historical foreign earnings as well as potential correlative adjustments. Any subsequent adjustment to these amounts will be recorded to tax expense in 2018 when the analysis is complete. |
| |
• | SmileDirectClub. In February 2018, we received a communication on behalf of SDC Financial LLC, SmileDirectClub LLC, and the Members of SDC Financial LLC other than Align (collectively, the "SDC Entities") alleging that the launch and operation of our Invisalign store pilot program constitutes a breach of non-compete provisions applicable to the members of SDC Financial LLC, including Align. As a result of this alleged breach, SDC Financial LLC has notified Align that its members (other than Align) seek to exercise a right to repurchase all of Align’s SDC Financial LLC membership interests for a purchase price equal to the current capital account balance of Align. The SDC Entities also allege that Align has breached confidentiality provisions applicable to the SDC Financial LLC members and demands that Align cease all activities related to the Invisalign store pilot project, close existing Invisalign stores and cease using SDC’s confidential information. Align disputes the allegations that it has breached its obligations to the SDC Entities, including the allegation that the SDC Entities are entitled to exercise a repurchase right. Pursuant to the parties’ agreement, the dispute will be arbitrated if it is not resolved through negotiations. We are currently evaluating the potential impact that this could have on our consolidated financial statements. |
Results of Operations
Net Revenues by Reportable Segment Comparison for Year Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:
We group our operations into two reportable segments: Clear Aligner segment and Scanner segment
| |
• | Our Clear Aligner segment consists of Comprehensive Products, Non-Comprehensive Products and Non-Case revenues as defined below: |
| |
◦ | Comprehensive Products include our Invisalign Full, Teen and Assist products. |
| |
◦ | Non-Comprehensive Products include our Invisalign Express, Invisalign Lite, Invisalign i7 and Invisalign Go products in addition to revenues from the sale of aligners to SmileDirectClub (“SDC”) under our supply agreement. Revenue from SDC is recorded after eliminating outstanding intercompany transactions. |
| |
◦ | Non-Case includes our Vivera retainers along with our training and ancillary products for treating malocclusion. |
| |
• | Our Scanner segment consists of intraoral scanning systems and additional services available with the intraoral scanners that provide digital alternatives to the traditional cast models. This segment includes our iTero scanner and OrthoCAD services. |
Net revenues for our Clear Aligner segment and Scanner segment by region for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows (in millions):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended | | | | | | Year Ended | | | | |
Net Revenues | December 31, 2017 | | December 31, 2016 | | Change | | December 31, 2016 | | December 31, 2015 | | Change |
Clear Aligner revenues: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
North America | $ | 744.6 |
| | $ | 568.7 |
| | $ | 175.9 |
| | 30.9 | % | | $ | 568.7 |
| | $ | 498.7 |
| | $ | 70.0 |
| | 14.0 | % |
International | 483.0 |
| | 326.6 |
| | 156.4 |
| | 47.9 | % | | 326.6 |
| | 250.1 |
| | 76.5 |
| | 30.6 | % |
Non-Case | 81.7 |
| | 63.0 |
| | 18.7 |
| | 29.7 | % | | 63.0 |
| | 51.4 |
| | 11.6 |
| | 22.6 | % |
Total Clear Aligner net revenues | $ | 1,309.3 |
| | $ | 958.3 |
| | $ | 351.0 |
| | 36.6 | % | | $ | 958.3 |
| | $ | 800.2 |
| | $ | 158.1 |
| | 19.8 | % |
Scanner net revenues | 164.1 |
| | 121.5 |
| | 42.6 |
| | 35.1 | % | | 121.5 |
| | 45.3 |
| | 76.2 |
| | 168.2 | % |
Total net revenues | $ | 1,473.4 |
| | $ | 1,079.8 |
| | $ | 393.6 |
| | 36.5 | % | | $ | 1,079.8 |
| | $ | 845.5 |
| | $ | 234.3 |
| | 27.7 | % |
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
Clear Aligner Case Volume by Region
Case volume data which represents Clear Aligner case shipments by region, for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is as follows (in millions):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended | | | | | | Year Ended | | | | |
Region | December 31, 2017 | | December 31, 2016 | | Change | | December 31, 2016 | | December 31, 2015 | | Change |
North America | 621.9 |
| | 464.5 |
| | 157.4 |
| | 33.9 | % | | 464.5 |
| | 398.4 |
| | 66.1 |
| | 16.6 | % |
International | 354.5 |
| | 244.7 |
| | 109.8 |
| | 44.9 | % | | 244.7 |
| | 184.8 |
| | 59.9 |
| | 32.4 | % |
Total case volume | 976.4 |
| | 709.2 |
| | 267.2 |
| | 37.7 | % | | 709.2 |
| | 583.2 |
| | 126.0 |
| | 21.6 | % |
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
Fiscal Year 2017 compared to Fiscal Year 2016
Total net revenues increased by $393.6 million in 2017 as compared to 2016 primarily as a result of case volume growth across all regions and products as well as increased non-case revenue.
Clear Aligner - North America
North America net revenues increased by $175.9 million in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to case volume growth across all channels and most products which increased net revenues by $192.6 million. This increase was offset in part by lower average selling price ("ASP") which decreased net revenues by $16.7 million. The ASP decline is a result of a shift in product mix towards Non-Comprehensive Products, primarily driven by increased SDC revenues which carry a lower ASP and higher Invisalign promotional discounts, which collectively reduced revenues by $58.4 million. These factors contributing to the decline in ASP were offset in part by price increases on our Comprehensive Products effective on April 1, 2017 which contributed $28.4 million to net revenues as well as an increase in additional aligner revenue which contributed $10.8 million to net revenues, among other factors.
Clear Aligner - International
International net revenues increased by $156.4 million in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily driven by case volume growth across all channels and products which increased net revenues by $146.7 million and, to a lesser extent, higher ASP which contributed approximately $9.7 million to the increase in net revenues. The increase in ASP was primarily due to price increases in our Comprehensive Products effective on July 1, 2017, as well as the impact from acquiring certain distributors as we now recognize direct sales at full ASP rather than the discounted ASP, which collectively contributed $24.7 million to net revenues. The factors contributing to an increase in ASP were offset in part by higher promotional discounts which decreased net revenues by $12.6 million as well as an increase in net revenue deferrals of $3.6 million, among other factors.
Clear Aligner - Non-Case
Non-case net revenues, consisting of training fees and ancillary product revenues, increased by $18.7 million in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to increased Vivera volume in both North America and International.
Scanner
Scanner net revenues increased by $42.6 million in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily as a result of an increase in the number of scanners recognized which increased net revenues by $29.7 million as well as higher CAD/CAM services resulting from a larger installed base of scanners which contributed $16.2 million to net revenues. These increases were offset in part by a decrease in scanner ASP which reduced net revenues by $3.3 million.
Fiscal Year 2016 compared to Fiscal Year 2015
Total net revenues increased by $234.3 million in 2016 as compared to 2015 primarily as a result of case volume growth across all regions and products as well as increased non-case revenue.
Clear Aligner - North America
North America net revenues increased by $70.0 million in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to case volume growth across all channels and products which increased net revenues by $82.7 million. This increase was offset in part by lower average selling price ("ASP") which decreased net revenues by $12.7 million. ASP declined in 2016 compared to 2015 as a result of higher promotional discounts of $21.9 million as well as an increase in net deferrals of $7.7 million primarily related to the full year effect of our new additional aligners product policy launched in July 2015. These declines were partially offset by price increases on our Comprehensive Products effective April 1, 2016 which contributed $17.7 million to net revenues.
Clear Aligner - International
International net revenues increased by $76.5 million in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily driven by case volume growth across all channels and products which increased net revenues by $80.9 million. This increase was offset in part by lower ASP which decreased net revenues by $4.4 million. ASP declined in 2016 compared to 2015 as a result of higher promotional discounts of $6.9 million as well as the unfavorable impact of changes in foreign exchange rates of $6.8 million. These declines were partially offset by the price increases on our Comprehensive products effective April 1, 2016 which contributed $5.7 million to net revenues, as well as an increase in additional aligner revenue of $3.5 million.
Clear Aligner - Non-Case
Non-case net revenues, consisting of training fees and ancillary product revenues, increased by $11.6 million in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to increased Vivera volume both in North America and International.
Scanner
Scanner net revenues increased by $76.2 million in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily as a result of an increase in the number of scanners recognized as we began shipping our next generation iTero Element scanner in September 2015, which contributed $43.3 million in net revenues and, to a lesser extent, an increase in ASP. which contributed $23.7 million to net revenues.
Cost of net revenues and gross profit (in millions):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended | | | | Year Ended | | |
| December 31, 2017 | | December 31, 2016 | | Change | | December 31, 2016 | | December 31, 2015 | | Change |
Clear Aligner | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cost of net revenues | $ | 289.7 |
| | $ | 210.8 |
| | $ | 78.9 |
| | $ | 210.8 |
| | $ | 172.0 |
| | $ | 38.8 |
|
% of net segment revenues | 22.1 | % | | 22.0 | % | | | | 22.0 | % | | 21.5 | % | |
|
|
Gross profit | $ | 1,019.6 |
| | $ | 747.5 |
| | $ | 272.1 |
| | $ | 747.5 |
| | $ | 628.2 |
| | $ | 119.3 |
|
Gross margin % | 77.9 | % | | 78.0 | % | | | | 78.0 | % | | 78.5 | % | | |
Scanner | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cost of net revenues | $ | 66.8 |
| | $ | 53.7 |
| | $ | 13.1 |
| | $ | 53.7 |
| | $ | 33.4 |
| | $ | 20.3 |
|
% of net segment revenues | 40.7 | % | | 44.2 | % | | | | 44.2 | % | | 73.7 | % | |
|
|
Gross profit | $ | 97.4 |
| | $ | 67.8 |
| | $ | 29.6 |
| | $ | 67.8 |
| | $ | 11.9 |
| | $ | 55.9 |
|
Gross margin % | 59.3 | % | | 55.8 | % | | | | 55.8 | % | | 26.3 | % | | |
Total cost of net revenues | $ | 356.5 |
| | $ | 264.6 |
| | $ | 91.9 |
| | $ | 264.6 |
| | $ | 205.4 |
| | $ | 59.2 |
|
% of net revenues | 24.2 | % | | 24.5 | % | | | | 24.5 | % | | 24.3 | % | | |
Gross profit | $ | 1,116.9 |
| | $ | 815.3 |
| | $ | 301.6 |
| | $ | 815.3 |
| | $ | 640.1 |
| | $ | 175.2 |
|
Gross margin % | 75.8 | % | | 75.5 | % | | | | 75.5 | % | | 75.7 | % | | |
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
Cost of net revenues for our Clear Aligner and Scanner segments includes personnel-related costs including payroll and stock-based compensation for staff involved in the production process, the cost of materials, packaging, shipping costs, depreciation on capital equipment and facilities used in the production process, amortization of acquired intangible assets and training costs.
Fiscal Year 2017 compared to Fiscal Year 2016
Clear Aligner
The gross margin percentage declined slightly in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to an increase in aligners per case driven by additional aligners which was partially offset by higher absorption as a result of increased production volumes.
Scanner
The gross margin percentage increased in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to a favorable product mix shift to our lower cost iTero Element scanner. This was partially offset by a lower ASP.
Fiscal Year 2016 compared to Fiscal Year 2015
Clear Aligner
The gross margin percentage declined in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily driven by a higher number of aligners per case and lower ASP which was partially offset by higher absorption as a result of increased production volumes.
Scanner
The gross margin percentage increased in 2016 compared to 2015 due to a product mix shift to our iTero Element scanner which has a higher ASP along with lower costs per unit.
Selling, general and administrative (in millions):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended | | | | Year Ended | | |
| December 31, 2017 | | December 31, 2016 | | Change | | December 31, 2016 | | December 31, 2015 | | Change |
Selling, general and administrative | $ | 665.8 |
| | $ | 490.7 |
| | $ | 175.1 |
| | $ | 490.7 |
| | $ | 390.2 |
| | $ | 100.5 |
|
% of net revenues | 45.2 | % | | 45.4 | % | | | | 45.4 | % | | 46.2 | % | | |
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
Selling, general and administrative expense includes personnel-related costs including payroll, commissions and stock-based compensation for our sales force, marketing and administration in addition to media and advertising expenses, clinical education, trade shows and industry events, product marketing, outside consulting services, legal expenses, depreciation and amortization expense, the medical device excise tax ("MDET") and allocations of corporate overhead expenses including facilities and IT.
Selling, general and administrative expense increased in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to higher compensation related costs of $85.6 million mainly as a result of increased headcount resulting in higher salaries expense, incentive bonuses and fringe benefits. We also incurred higher expenses from advertising and marketing of $34.2 million, equipment and maintenance costs of $21.9 million, and outside services costs of $20.3 million.
Selling, general and administrative expense increased in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to higher compensation related costs of $47.1 million as a result of increased headcount resulting in higher salaries expense, incentive bonuses and fringe benefits. We also incurred higher expenses from advertising and marketing of $16.5 million, outside services costs of $12.2 million, equipment and material costs of $6.8 million, travel and related costs of $6.0 million and credit card processing fees of $4.2 million. In addition, during the first quarter of 2015, there was a refund of MDET taxes paid in 2014 of $6.8 million as our aligners are no longer subject to the excise tax.
Research and development (in millions):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended | | | | Year Ended | | |
| December 31, 2017 | | December 31, 2016 | | Change | | December 31, 2016 | | December 31, 2015 | | Change |
Research and development | $ | 97.6 |
| | $ | 75.7 |
| | $ | 21.9 |
| | $ | 75.7 |
| | $ | 61.2 |
| | $ | 14.5 |
|
% of net revenues | 6.6 | % | | 7.0 | % | | | | 7.0 | % | | 7.2 | % | | |
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
Research and development expense includes the personnel-related costs including stock-based compensation and outside consulting expenses associated with the research and development of new products and enhancements to existing products and allocations of corporate overhead expenses including facilities and IT.
Research and development expense increased in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to higher compensation costs as a result of increased headcount resulting in higher salaries expense, incentive bonuses and fringe benefits.
Research and development expense increased in 2016 compared to 2015 due to higher compensation costs as a result of increased headcount resulting in higher salaries expense, incentive bonuses and fringe benefits.
Income from operations (in millions):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended | | | | Year Ended | | |
| December 31, 2017 | | December 31, 2016 | | Change | | December 31, 2016 | | December 31, 2015 | | Change |
Clear Aligner | | | | | | | | | | | |
Income from operations | $ | 564.6 |
| | $ | 411.8 |
| | $ | 152.8 |
| | $ | 411.8 |
| | $ | 371.1 |
| | $ | 40.7 |
|
Operating margin % | 43.1 | % | | 43.0 | % | | | | 43.0 | % | | 46.4 | % | | |
Scanner | | | | | | | | | | | |
Income (loss) from operations | $ | 49.6 |
| | $ | 37.5 |
| | $ | 12.1 |
| | $ | 37.5 |
| | $ | (12.3 | ) | | $ | 49.8 |
|
Operating margin % | 30.2 | % | | 30.9 | % | | | | 30.9 | % | | (27.2 | )% | | |
Total income from operations(1) | $ | 353.6 |
| | $ | 248.9 |
| | $ | 104.7 |
| | $ | 248.9 |
| | $ | 188.6 |
| | $ | 60.3 |
|
Operating margin % | 24.0 | % | | 23.1 | % | | | | 23.1 | % | | 22.3 | % | | |
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
(1) Refer to Note 16 "Segments and Geographical Information" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on unallocated corporate expenses and the reconciliation to total income from operations.
Fiscal Year 2017 compared to Fiscal Year 2016
Clear Aligner
Operating margin percentage increased slightly in 2017 compared to 2016 as we leveraged our operating expenses on higher Clear Aligner revenues.
Scanner
Operating margin percentage decreased in 2017 compared to 2016 due to higher operating expenses and, to a lesser extent, lower ASP. This was partially offset by a favorable product mix shift to our lower cost iTero Element scanner.
Fiscal Year 2016 compared to Fiscal Year 2015
Clear Aligner
Operating margin percentage declined in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily due to higher compensation costs as a result of increased headcount, higher number of aligners manufactured per case and lower ASP.
Scanner
Operating margin percentage increased in 2016 compared to 2015 due to a product mix shift to our iTero Element scanner resulting in a higher ASP and lower costs per unit. We also incurred lower operating expenses as a percentage of revenues as we leveraged our operating expenses on higher revenues.
Interest and other income (expense), net (in millions):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended | | | | Year Ended | | |
| December 31, 2017 | | December 31, 2016 | | Change | | December 31, 2016 | | December 31, 2015 | | Change |
Interest and other income (expense), net | $ | 11.2 |
| | $ | (6.4 | ) | | $ | 17.6 |
| | $ | (6.4 | ) | | $ | (2.5 | ) | | $ | (3.9 | ) |
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
Interest and other income (expense), net, includes foreign currency revaluation gains and losses, interest income earned on cash, cash equivalents and investment balances, gains and losses on foreign currency forward contracts and other miscellaneous charges.
Interest and other income (expense), net, increased in 2017 compared to 2016 mainly due to higher foreign exchange gains as a result of the Euro strengthening to the U.S. dollar.
Interest and other income (expense), net, decreased in 2016 compared to 2015 mainly due to higher foreign exchange losses as a result of the Euro weakening to the U.S. dollar.
Equity in losses of investee, net of tax (in millions):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended | | | | Year Ended | | |
| December 31, 2017 | | December 31, 2016 | | Change | | December 31, 2016 | | December 31, 2015 | | Change |
Equity in losses of investee, net of tax | $ | 3.2 |
| | $ | 1.7 |
| | $ | 1.5 |
| | $ | 1.7 |
| | — |
| | $ | 1.7 |
|
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
We acquired a 17% equity interest in SDC in July 2016 and an additional 2% in July 2017 for combined equity interest of 19% on a fully diluted basis. We account for this investment based on the equity method of accounting. In 2017, equity in losses of investee, net of tax increased compared to the same period in 2016 due to a full year of losses attributable to equity method investments as well as a higher share due to our additional investment (Refer to Note 4 "Equity Method Investments" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on equity method investments).
Provision for income taxes (in millions):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended | | | | Year Ended | | |
| December 31, 2017 | | December 31, 2016 | | Change | | December 31, 2016 | | December 31, 2015 | | Change |
Provision for income taxes | $ | 130.2 |
| | $ | 51.2 |
| | $ | 79.0 |
| | $ | 51.2 |
| | $ | 42.1 |
| | $ | 9.1 |
|
Effective tax rates | 35.7 | % | | 21.1 | % | | | | 21.1 | % | | 22.6 | % | | |
Changes and percentages are based on actual values. Certain tables may not sum or recalculate due to rounding.
Our provision for income taxes was $130.2 million, $51.2 million and $42.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, representing effective tax rates of 35.7%, 21.1% and 22.6%, respectively.
The U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was enacted into law on December 22, 2017 and impacted our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017. The TCJA made significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017. We have estimated the impact of the TCJA and recorded a provisional amount of $84.3 million of additional income tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2017. This provisional amount includes income tax expenses related to the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities of $10.4 million, and the one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings in the amount of $73.9 million. The provisional impact of the TCJA is discussed further in Note 13 "Income Taxes" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% primarily due to certain foreign earnings, most significantly from the Netherlands and Costa Rica, being taxed at lower tax rates and excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation recognized as a reduction of income tax expense, partially offset by certain one-time tax charges recorded as a result of the TCJA. The increase in the effective tax rate in 2017 compared to 2016 was primarily attributable to tax charges recorded as a result of the TCJA and the tax benefit recognized pursuant to the release of valuation allowance against our Israel deferred tax assets in 2016 that did not recur this year, partially offset by excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation recognized as a reduction of income tax expense in accordance with ASU 2016-09 and increased tax benefits from foreign earnings being taxed at lower tax rates. The increase in the effective rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily related to our international corporate restructuring as explained below.
On July 1, 2016, we implemented a new international corporate structure. This changed the structure of our international procurement and sales operations, as well as realigned the ownership and use of intellectual property among our wholly-owned subsidiaries. We continue to anticipate that an increasing percentage of our consolidated pre-tax income will be derived from, and reinvested in our foreign operations. We believe that income taxed in certain foreign jurisdictions at a lower rate relative to the U.S. federal statutory rate will have a beneficial impact on our worldwide effective tax rate over time. Although the license of
intellectual property rights between consolidated entities did not result in any gain in the consolidated financial statements, the Company generated taxable income in certain jurisdictions in 2016 resulting in a tax expense of $34.3 million. Additionally, as a result of the restructuring, we reassessed the need for a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets considering all available evidence. Given the current earnings and anticipated future earnings of our subsidiary in Israel, we concluded that we have sufficient positive evidence to release the valuation allowance against our Israel operating loss carryforwards of $31.4 million, which resulted in an income tax benefit in 2016.
In June 2017, the Costa Rica Ministry of Foreign Trade, an agency of the Government of Costa Rica, granted an extension of certain income tax incentives for an additional twelve year period. Under these incentives, all of the income in Costa Rica is subject to a reduced tax rate. In order to receive the benefit of these incentives, we must hire a specified number of employees and maintain certain minimum levels of fixed asset investment in Costa Rica. If we do not fulfill these conditions for any reason, our incentive could lapse and our income in Costa Rica would be subject to taxation at higher rates which could have a negative impact on our operating results. The Costa Rica corporate income tax rate that would apply, absent the incentives, is 30% for 2017, 2016 and 2015. As a result of these incentives, our income taxes were reduced by $1.8 million, $19.1 million and $32.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively, representing a benefit to diluted net income per share of $0.02, $0.23 and $0.40 in the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively (Refer to Note 13 "Income Taxes" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on income taxes).
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We fund our operations from product sales. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had the following cash and cash equivalents, and short-term and long-term marketable securities (in thousands):
|
| | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 |
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 449,511 |
| | $ | 389,275 |
|
Marketable securities, short-term | 272,031 |
| | 250,981 |
|
Marketable securities, long-term | 39,948 |
| | 59,783 |
|
Total | $ | 761,490 |
| | $ | 700,039 |
|
Cash flows (in thousands):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 | | 2015 |
Net cash provided by (used in): | | | | | |
Operating activities | $ | 438,539 |
| | $ | 247,654 |
| | $ | 237,997 |
|
Investing activities | (248,313 | ) | | 72,848 |
| | (166,361 | ) |
Financing activities | (135,500 | ) | | (95,524 | ) | | (100,786 | ) |
Effects of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents | 5,510 |
| | (3,417 | ) | | (3,007 | ) |
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | $ | 60,236 |
| | $ | 221,561 |
| | $ | (32,157 | ) |
As of December 31, 2017, we had $761.5 million in cash, cash equivalents, and short-term and long-term marketable securities. Cash equivalents and marketable securities are comprised of money market funds and highly liquid debt instruments which primarily include commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. government agency bonds, U.S. government treasury bonds and certificates of deposit.
As of December 31, 2017, approximately $490.1 million of cash, cash equivalents and short-term and long-term marketable securities was held by our foreign subsidiaries. The TCJA enacted into law on December 22, 2017 included a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign earnings, and, as a result, we recorded a provisional amount of additional income tax expense of $73.9 million, which will be paid over the next eight years. We may repatriate cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities back to the U.S. to invest in market expansion opportunities, provide additional working capital, and have greater flexibility to fund our stock repurchase program (Refer to Note 13 "Income Taxes" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details).
Operating Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2017, cash flows from operations of $438.5 million resulted primarily from our net income of approximately $231.4 million as well as the following:
Significant non-cash activities
| |
• | Stock-based compensation was $58.9 million related to equity incentive compensation granted to employees and directors, |
| |
• | Depreciation and amortization of $37.7 million related to our fixed assets and acquired and purchased intangible assets, and |
| |
• | Net change in deferred tax assets of $17.6 million. |
Significant changes in working capital
| |
• | Increase of $91.0 million in accounts receivable which is a result of the increase in net revenues, |
| |
• | Increase of $79.7 million in deferred revenues corresponding to the increases in case shipments, |
| |
• | Increase of $69.0 million in long-term income tax payable due to the new U.S.Tax Cut and Jobs Act enacted on December 22, 2017, and |
| |
• | Increase of $24.2 million in accrued and other long-term liabilities due to timing of payments and activities. |
For the year ended December 31, 2016, cash flows from operations of $247.7 million resulted primarily from our net income of approximately $189.7 million as well as the following:
Significant non-cash activities
| |
• | Stock-based compensation was $54.1 million related to equity incentive compensation granted to employees and directors, |
| |
• | Depreciation and amortization of $24.0 million related to our fixed assets and acquired and purchased intangible assets, |
| |
• | Excess tax benefits from our share-based compensation arrangements of $16.8 million, |
| |
• | Net change in deferred tax assets of $16.4 million, and |
| |
• | Net tax benefits from stock based compensation of $15.9 million. |
Significant changes in working capital
| |
• | Increase of $94.4 million in accounts receivable which is a result of the increase in net revenues, |
| |
• | Increase of $60.7 million in deferred revenues corresponding to the increases in case shipments and full year effect of our additional aligner product policy effective in July 2015, and |
| |
• | Increase of $37.6 million in accrued and other long-term liabilities due to timing of payments and activities. |
For the year ended December 31, 2015, cash flows from operations of $238.0 million resulted primarily from our net income of approximately $144.0 million as well as the following:
Significant non-cash activities
| |
• | Stock-based compensation was $52.9 million related to our equity incentive compensation granted to employees and directors, |
| |
• | Depreciation and amortization of $18.0 million related to our fixed assets and acquired and purchased intangible assets, and |
| |
• | Excess tax benefits from our share-based compensation arrangements of $10.4 million. |
Significant changes in working capital
| |
• | Increase of $41.9 million in deferred revenues corresponding to higher product sales along with the increased deferrals as a result of the change to our new additional aligner product policy in July 2015, |
| |
• | Increase of $40.8 million in accounts receivable which is a result of the increase in net revenues, and |
| |
• | Increase of $19.5 million in accrued and other long-term liabilities primarily due to an increase in income tax payable along with other accruals due to timing of payment. |
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $248.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, which primarily consisted of purchases of marketable securities of $390.2 million, property, plant and equipment purchases of $195.7 million for additional manufacturing capacity and to purchase our new headquarters, $30.0 million of loan advances to equity investee, net of repayments and $12.8 million related to our equity interest investment in SmileDirectClub, LLC ("SDC"). These outflows were partially offset by maturities and sales of marketable securities of $388.8 million.
For 2018, we expect to invest $200.0 million to $230.0 million on capital expenditures primarily related to operational expansion and ongoing growth of the business.
Net cash provided by investing activities was $72.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, which primarily consisted of maturities and sales of our marketable securities of $604.0 million. These inflows were partially offset by purchases of marketable securities of $405.6 million, property, plant and equipment purchases of $70.6 million including the implementation of our new ERP system and $46.7 million related to our equity interest investment in SDC.
Net cash used in investing activities was $166.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, which primarily consisted of purchases of marketable securities of $447.1 million and property, plant and equipment purchases of $53.5 million for additional manufacturing capacity and infrastructure including the project to implement a new ERP system which we started in late 2014. These uses were partially offset by $334.1 million of maturities and sales of our marketable securities.
Financing Activities
Net cash used by financing activities was $135.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily resulting from common stock repurchases of $103.8 million (Refer to Note 11 "Common Stock Repurchase Program" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on the stock repurchase program) and payroll taxes paid for vesting of restricted stock units ("RSUs") through share withholdings of $46.2 million. These outflows were offset in part by $14.5 million from proceeds from the issuance of common stock.
Net cash used by financing activities was $95.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily resulting from common stock repurchases of $96.2 million (Refer to Note 11 "Common Stock Repurchase Program" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on the stock repurchase program) and $29.9 million of payroll taxes paid for vesting of RSUs through share withholdings, partially offset by excess tax benefit from our share-based compensation arrangements of $16.8 million and proceeds from issuance of common stock of $13.8 million.
Net cash used by financing activities was $100.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 resulting from repurchases of our common stock of $101.8 million and $20.7 million of payroll taxes paid for our employees' vesting of RSUs through share withholdings, partially off-set by proceeds from issuance of common stock of $11.3 million and $10.4 million from excess tax benefit from our share-based compensation arrangements.
As restricted stock units are taxable to the individuals when they vest, the number of shares we issue to each of our employees will be net of applicable withholding taxes which will be paid by us on their behalf. During 2017, 2016 and 2015, we paid $46.2 million, $29.9 million and $20.7 million, respectively, for taxes related to RSUs that vested during the periods.
Stock Repurchases
Refer to Note 11"Common Stock Repurchase Program" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on stock repurchase program.
| |
◦ | April 2014 Repurchase Program. In 2017, we repurchased shares of our common stock on the open market for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.8 million, completing the April 2014 Repurchase Program. |
| |
◦ | April 2016 Repurchase Program. In 2017, we repurchased, $50.0 million of our common stock through an accelerated stock repurchase agreement and $50.0 million on the open market. |
| |
◦ | Remaining Available Repurchases. As of December 31, 2017, we have $200.0 million remaining under the April 2016 Repurchase Program. In February 2018, we repurchased approximately 0.4 million shares on the open market for an aggregate purchase price of $100 million, at an average share price of $252.24 (Refer to Note 10 "Common Stock Repurchase Program" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on stock repurchase program). |
We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities combined with our positive cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund our operations and stock repurchases for at least the next 12 months. If we are unable to generate adequate operating cash flows, we may need to suspend our stock repurchase program, utilize our credit facility, or seek additional sources of capital through equity or debt financing, collaborative or other arrangements with other companies, bank financing and other sources in order to realize our objectives and to continue our operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available, we may need to make business decisions that could adversely affect our operating results such as modifications to our pricing policy, business structure or operations. Accordingly, the failure to obtain sufficient funds on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Credit Facility
On March 22, 2013, we entered into a credit facility for a $50.0 million revolving line of credit, with a $10.0 million letter of credit, and a maturity date of March 22, 2018. On February 27, 2018, we entered into a new credit facility for a $200.0 million revolving line of credit, with a $50.0 million letter of credit, and a maturity date of February 27, 2021, replacing existing credit facility (Refer to Note 7 "Credit Facility" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of the credit facility).
Contractual Obligations/Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
The impact that our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017 are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods is as follows (in thousands):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | Payments Due by Period |
| Total | | Less than 1 Year | | 1-3 Years | | 3-5 Years | | More than 5 Years |
Operating lease obligations (1) | $ | 61,555 |
| | $ | 14,799 |
| | $ | 23,019 |
| | $ | 14,164 |
| | $ | 9,573 |
|
Unconditional purchase obligations | 683,242 |
| | 414,726 |
| | 173,663 |
| | 94,853 |
| | — |
|
Total contractual cash obligations | $ | 744,797 |
| | $ | 429,525 |
| | $ | 196,682 |
| | $ | 109,017 |
| | $ | 9,573 |
|
(1) Sublease income is not material and excluded from the table below.
Our contractual obligations table above excludes approximately $38.1 million of non-current uncertain tax benefits which are included in other long-term obligations and deferred tax assets on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2017. We have not included this amount because we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate regarding the timing of settlements with taxing authorities, if any.
We had no material off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Regulation S-K Item 303(a) (4) as of December 31, 2017 other than certain items disclosed in Note 9 "Commitments and Contingencies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Indemnification Provisions
In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions in our services and products, we indemnify customers, vendors, lessors, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, services to be provided by us and intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and certain of our officers that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. Several of these agreements limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim.
It is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Additionally, we have a limited history of prior indemnification claims and the payments we have made under such agreements have not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows, or financial position. However, to the extent that valid indemnification claims arise in the future, future payments by us could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows in a particular period. As of December 31, 2017, we did not have any material indemnification claims that were probable or reasonably possible.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosures at the date of the financial statements. We evaluate our estimates on an on-going basis, including those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, goodwill and finite-lived assets and related impairment, and income taxes. We use authoritative pronouncements, historical experience and other assumptions as the basis for making estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
We believe the following critical accounting policies and estimates affect our more significant judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. For further information on all of our significant accounting policies, see Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8.
Revenue Recognition
We enter into sales arrangements that may consist of multiple deliverables of our products and services where certain elements of the sales arrangement are not delivered in one reporting period. We measure and allocate revenue according to the accounting guidance for multiple-element revenue arrangements in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605-25, "Revenue Recognition – Multiple-Element Arrangements."
Each element within a multiple-element arrangement is accounted for as a separate unit of accounting provided the following criteria are met: the delivered products or services have value to the customer on a standalone basis; and for an arrangement that includes a general right of return relative to the delivered products or services, delivery or performance of the undelivered product or service is considered probable and is substantially controlled by us. We consider a deliverable to have standalone value if the product or service is sold separately by us or another vendor or could be resold by the customer. Further, our revenue arrangements generally do not include a general right of return relative to the delivered products. The arrangement consideration is allocated to each element, delivered or undelivered, at the inception of the arrangement based on the relative selling price of each unit of accounting. We use a hierarchy to determine the fair value to be used for allocating revenue to elements, based first on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if it exists, second on third-party evidence (“TPE”) if it exists, or on best estimated selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE exist (a description as to how we determine VSOE, TPE and BESP is provided below).
| |
• | VSOE - In most instances, this applies to products and services that are sold separately in stand-alone arrangements. We determine VSOE based on pricing and discounting practices for the specific product or service when sold separately, considering geographical, customer, and other economic or marketing variables, as well as renewal rates or stand-alone prices for the service element(s). |
| |
• | TPE - If we cannot establish VSOE of selling price for a specific product or service included in a multiple-element arrangement, we use third-party evidence of selling price. We determine TPE based on sales of comparable amount of similar products or service offered by multiple third parties considering the degree of customization and similarity of product or service sold. |
| |
• | BESP - The best estimated selling price represents the price at which we would sell a product or service if it were sold on a stand-alone basis. When VSOE or TPE does not exist for all elements, we determine BESP for the arrangement element based on sales, cost and margin analysis, as well as other inputs based on our pricing practices. Adjustments for other market and company specific factors are made as deemed necessary in determining BESP. We regularly review our estimates of selling price and maintain internal controls over the establishment and update of these estimates. |
Revenue recognition for multiple-element arrangements requires judgment to determine if multiple elements exist, whether elements can be accounted for as separate units of accounting, and if so, the fair value for each of the elements, and the manner in which revenue should be allocated among the accounting units. Our process for determining BESPs requires judgment and considers multiple factors that may vary over time depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each deliverable. Further, while changes in the allocation of the best estimated selling price between the accounting units will not affect the amount of total revenue recognized for a particular arrangement, any material changes in these allocations could impact the timing of revenue recognition, which could have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.
Clear Aligner
We enter into arrangements (“treatment plan(s)”) that involve multiple future product deliverables. Invisalign Full, Invisalign Teen, and Invisalign Assist products include optional additional aligners at no charge for a period of up to five years after initial shipment and Invisalign Go includes optional additional aligners at no charge for a period of up to two years after initial shipment. Invisalign Teen also includes up to six optional replacement aligners in the price of the product and may be ordered by the dental professional any time throughout treatment. Invisalign Lite includes one optional case refinement in the price of the product. Case refinement is a finishing tool used to adjust a patient's teeth to the desired final position and may be elected by the dental professional at any time during treatment; however, it is generally ordered in the last stages of orthodontic treatment.
We determined that our treatment plans, except Invisalign Assist with progress tracking, comprise the following deliverables which also represent separate units of accounting: initial aligners, additional aligners, case refinement, and replacement aligners. We allocate revenue for each treatment plan based on each unit's relative selling price based on BESP and recognize the revenue upon shipment of each unit in the treatment plan.
For Invisalign Assist with the progress tracking feature, aligners and services are provided to the dental professional every nine stages (a "batch”). We are able to reliably estimate the number of batches which are expected to be shipped for each case based upon our historical experience. The amounts allocated to this deliverable are recognized on a prorated basis as each batch is shipped.
Scanners and Services
We sell intraoral scanners and CAD/CAM services through both our direct sales force and distribution partners. The intraoral scanner sales price includes one year of warranty, and unlimited scanning services. The customer may, for additional fees, also select extended warranty and unlimited scanning services for periods beyond the initial year. When intraoral scanners are sold with an unlimited scanning service agreement and/or extended warranty, we allocate revenue based on each element's relative selling price. We estimate the selling price of each element, as if it is sold on a stand-alone basis, taking into consideration historical prices as well as our discounting strategies.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
We recognize stock-based compensation cost for only those shares ultimately expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and employee stock purchase plan shares. We estimate the fair value of market-performance based restricted stock units using a Monte Carlo simulation model which requires the input of assumptions, including expected term, stock price volatility and the risk-free rate of return. In addition, judgment is required in estimating the number of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited. Forfeitures are estimated based on historical experience at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. We adopted the ASU 2016-09, "Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting" (Topic 718) in the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 and we elected to continue to estimate expected forfeitures rather than as they occur to determine the amount of compensation cost to be recognized in each period.
Goodwill and Finite-Lived Acquired Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in business combinations and is allocated to the respective reporting units based on relative synergies generated. For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, all goodwill is attributed to our Clear Aligner reporting unit.
Our intangible assets primarily consist of intangible assets acquired as part of acquisitions and are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, reflecting the period in which the economic benefits of the assets are expected to be realized.
Impairment of Goodwill, Finite-Lived Acquired Intangible Assets and Long-Lived assets
Goodwill
We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually on November 30th or more frequently if indicators are present, an event occurs or changes in circumstances suggest an impairment may exist and that it would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The allocation of goodwill to the respective reporting unit is based on relative synergies generated as a result of an acquisition.
We perform an initial assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In performing the qualitative assessment, we identify and consider the significance of relevant key factors, events, and circumstances that affect the fair value of our reporting units. These factors include external factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as our actual and planned financial performance. We also give consideration to the difference between the reporting unit fair value and carrying value as of the most recent date a fair value measurement was performed. If, after assessing the totality of relevant events and circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value and there is no indication of impairment, no further testing is performed; however, if we conclude otherwise, the first step of the two-step impairment test is performed by estimating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing it with its carrying value, including goodwill. Refer to Note 6 "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details on intangible long-lived assets.
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets
We evaluate long-lived assets (including finite-lived intangible assets) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. An asset or asset group is considered impaired if its carrying amount exceeds the future undiscounted net cash flows the asset or asset group is expected to generate. If an asset or asset group is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is calculated as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset or asset group exceeds its fair market value. Our estimates of future cash flows attributable to our long-lived assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many factors. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industry or economic trends, significant loss of customers and changes in the competitive environment. The estimation of fair value utilizing a discounted cash flow approach includes numerous uncertainties which require our significant judgment when making assumptions of expected growth rates and the selection of discount rates, as well as assumptions regarding general economic and business conditions, and the structure that would yield the highest economic value, among other factors. Refer to Note 6 "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of the impairment analysis.
Accounting for Income Taxes
We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes.
As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves us estimating our current tax exposure under the applicable tax laws and assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
We account for uncertainty in income taxes pursuant to authoritative guidance based on a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit based on its technical merits, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We adjust reserves for our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, or refinement of estimates due to new information. To the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our Consolidated Statement of Operations in the period in which such determination is made.
We assess the likelihood that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets. Should there be a change in our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, our tax provision would increase in the period in which we determine that it is more likely than not that we cannot realize our deferred tax assets. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If it is more likely than not that we will not realize our deferred tax assets, we will increase our provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be realized.
The TCJA was enacted into law on December 22, 2017 and impacted our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017. The TCJA made significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017.
On December 22, 2017, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 ("SAB 118") was issued to address the application of GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the TCJA. We recorded an additional income tax expense of $84.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, which represents the provisional amount of the impact of the TCJA. This provisional amount includes income tax expenses related to the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities of $10.4 million, and the one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earning in the amount of $73.9 million. Additional work is necessary for a more detailed analysis of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and our historical foreign earnings as well as potential correlative adjustments. Any subsequent adjustment to these amounts will be recorded to tax expense in 2018 when the analysis is complete. Refer to Note 13 "Income Taxes" of the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements for details on provision impact of the TCJA.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects on results of operations and financial condition, which is incorporated herein.
ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
In the normal course of business, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate and interest rate risks that could impact our financial position and results of operations.
Interest Rate Risk
Changes in interest rates could impact our anticipated interest income on our cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities. Our cash equivalents and investments are fixed-rate short-term and long-term securities. Fixed-rate securities may have their fair market value adversely impacted due to a rise in interest rates, and as a result, our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if forced to sell securities which have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately $312.0 million invested in available-for-sale marketable securities. An immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a material adverse impact on our future operating results and cash flows.
We do not have interest bearing liabilities as of December 31, 2017, and, therefore, we are not subject to risks from immediate interest rate increases.
Currency Rate Risk
As a result of our international business activities, including the impact of the change in our new international corporate structure in 2016, our financial results could be affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or economic conditions in foreign markets, and there is no assurance that exchange rate fluctuations will not harm our business in the future. We generally sell our products in the local currency of the respective countries. This provides some natural hedging because most of the subsidiaries’ operating expenses are generally denominated in their local currencies as discussed further below. Regardless of this natural hedging, our results of operations may be adversely impacted by exchange rate fluctuations. For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had foreign currency net gains (losses) of $9.0 million and $(8.0) million, respectively.
We may enter into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on cash and certain trade and intercompany receivables and payables. These forward contracts are not designated as hedging instruments and do not subject us to material balance sheet risk due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The gains and losses on these forward contracts are intended to offset the gains and losses in the underlying foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities being economically hedged. These instruments are marked to market through earnings every period and generally are one month in original maturity. We do not enter into foreign currency forward contracts for trading or speculative purposes. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to managing the risks relating to fluctuations in currency rates. It is difficult to predict the impact hedging activities could have on our results of operations. As of December 31, 2017, we did not have any outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts.
Although we will continue to monitor our exposure to currency fluctuations, and, where appropriate, may use financial hedging techniques in the future to minimize the effect of these fluctuations, the impact of an aggregate change of 10% in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar on our results of operations and financial position could be material.
ITEM 8.CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Quarterly Results of Operations
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Three Months Ended |
| 2017 | | 2016 |
| December 31, 2017 | | September 30, 2017 | | June 30, 2017 | | March 31, 2017 | | December 31, 2016 | | September 30, 2016 | | June 30, 2016 | | March 31, 2016 |
| (in thousands, except per share data) (unaudited ) |
Net revenues | $ | 421,323 |
| | $ | 385,267 |
| | $ | 356,482 |
| | $ | 310,341 |
| | $ | 293,203 |
| | $ | 278,589 |
| | $ | 269,362 |
| | $ | 238,720 |
|
Gross profit | 317,917 |
| | 292,488 |
| | 270,917 |
| | 235,625 |
| | 220,249 |
| | 209,202 |
| | 205,216 |
| | 180,627 |
|
Income from operations | 109,606 |
| | 98,763 |
| | 83,569 |
| | 61,673 |
| | 68,372 |
| | 62,079 |
| | 65,136 |
| | 53,334 |
|
Net income | 10,264 |
| | 82,555 |
| | 69,179 |
| | 69,420 |
| | 47,621 |
| | 51,367 |
| | 50,148 |
| | 40,546 |
|
Net income per share: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Basic | $ | 0.13 |
| | $ | 1.03 |
| | $ | 0.86 |
| | $ | 0.87 |
| | $ | 0.60 |
| | $ | 0.64 |
| | $ | 0.63 |
| | $ | 0.51 |
|
Diluted | $ | 0.13 |
| | $ | 1.01 |
| | $ | 0.85 |
| | $ | 0.85 |
| | $ | 0.59 |
| | $ | 0.63 |
| | $ | 0.62 |
| | $ | 0.50 |
|
Shares used in computing net income per share: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Basic | 80,080 |
| | 80,163 |
| | 80,188 |
| | 79,904 |
| | 79,667 |
| | 79,977 |
| | 79,951 |
| | 79,831 |
|
Diluted | 81,863 |
| | 81,789 |
| | 81,631 |
| | 81,534 |
| | 81,248 |
| | 81,466 |
| | 81,281 |
| | 81,320 |
|
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
| |
| Page |
Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting | |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | |
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 | |
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 | |
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 | |
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 | |
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 | |
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements | |
REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management of Align is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed by, or under supervision of, our CEO and CFO, and effected by the board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
| |
• | pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Align; |
| |
• | provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of Align are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Align; and |
| |
• | provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Align's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. |
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
Based on our assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2017, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on criteria in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.
|
|
|
/S/ JOSEPH M. HOGAN |
Joseph M. Hogan |
President and Chief Executive Officer |
February 28, 2018 |
|
|
/S/ JOHN F. MORICI |
John F. Morici |
Chief Financial Officer |
February 28, 2018 |
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Align Technology, Inc.
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Align Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, including the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for certain elements of its employee share-based payments in 2017.
Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
February 28, 2018
We have served as the Company's auditor since 1997.
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 | | 2015 |
Net revenues | $ | 1,473,413 |
| | $ | 1,079,874 |
| | $ | 845,486 |
|
Cost of net revenues | 356,466 |
| | 264,580 |
| | 205,376 |
|
Gross profit | 1,116,947 |
| | 815,294 |
| | 640,110 |
|
Operating expenses: | | | | | |
Selling, general and administrative | 665,777 |
| | 490,653 |
| | 390,239 |
|
Research and development | 97,559 |
| | 75,720 |
| | 61,237 |
|
Total operating expenses | 763,336 |
| | 566,373 |
| | 451,476 |
|
Income from operations | 353,611 |
| | 248,921 |
| | 188,634 |
|
Interest and other income (expense), net | 11,188 |
| | (6,355 | ) | | (2,533 | ) |
Net income before provision for income taxes and equity in losses of investee | 364,799 |
| | 242,566 |
| | 186,101 |
|
Provision for income taxes | 130,162 |
| | 51,200 |
| | 42,081 |
|
Equity in losses of investee, net of tax | 3,219 |
| | 1,684 |
| | — |
|
Net income | $ | 231,418 |
| | $ | 189,682 |
| | $ | 144,020 |
|
| | | | | |
Net income per share: | | | | | |
Basic | $ | 2.89 |
| | $ | 2.38 |
| | $ | 1.80 |
|
Diluted | $ | 2.83 |
| | $ | 2.33 |
| | $ | 1.77 |
|
Shares used in computing net income per share: | | | | | |
Basic | 80,085 |
| | 79,856 |
| | 79,998 |
|
Diluted | 81,832 |
| | 81,484 |
| | 81,521 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)
|
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 | | 2015 |
Net income | $ | 231,418 |
| | $ | 189,682 |
| | $ | 144,020 |
|
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment | 1,741 |
| | (670 | ) | | (154 | ) |
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of tax | (232 | ) | | 712 |
| | (686 | ) |
Other comprehensive income (loss) | 1,509 |
| | 42 |
| | (840 | ) |
Comprehensive income | $ | 232,927 |
| | $ | 189,724 |
| | $ | 143,180 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
| | | | | | | |
| December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 |
ASSETS | | | |
Current assets: | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 449,511 |
| | $ | 389,275 |
|
Marketable securities, short-term | 272,031 |
| | 250,981 |
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and returns of $7,178 and $4,310, respectively | 322,825 |
| | 247,415 |
|
Inventories | 31,688 |
| | 27,131 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets | 80,948 |
| | 38,176 |
|
Total current assets | 1,157,003 |
| | 952,978 |
|
Marketable securities, long-term | 39,948 |
| | 59,783 |
|
Property, plant and equipment, net | 348,793 |
| | 175,167 |
|
Equity method investments | 54,606 |
| | 45,061 |
|
Goodwill and intangible assets, net | 89,068 |
| | 81,998 |
|
Deferred tax assets | 50,059 |
| | 67,844 |
|
Other assets | 38,379 |
| | 13,320 |
|
Total assets | $ | 1,777,856 |
| | $ | 1,396,151 |
|
| | | |
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | | | |
Current liabilities: | | | |
Accounts payable | $ | 36,776 |
| | $ | 28,596 |
|
Accrued liabilities | 194,198 |
| | 134,332 |
|
Deferred revenues | 266,842 |
| | 191,407 |
|
Total current liabilities | 497,816 |
| | 354,335 |
|
Income tax payable | 114,091 |
| | 45,133 |
|
Other long-term liabilities | 15,579 |
| | 1,294 |
|
Total liabilities | 627,486 |
| | 400,762 |
|
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 8 and 9) |
| |
|
Stockholders’ equity: | | | |
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value (5,000 shares authorized; none issued) | — |
| | — |
|
Common stock, $0.0001 par value (200,000 shares authorized; 80,040 and 79,553 issued and outstanding, respectively) | 8 |
| | 8 |
|
Additional paid-in capital | 886,435 |
| | 864,871 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net | 571 |
| | (938 | ) |
Retained earnings | 263,356 |
| | 131,448 |
|
Total stockholders’ equity | 1,150,370 |
| | 995,389 |
|
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | $ | 1,777,856 |
| | $ | 1,396,151 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands)
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Common Stock | | Additional Paid-In Capital | | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net | | Retained Earnings (Deficit) | | Total |
| Shares | | Amount | |
Balances at December 31, 2014 | 80,205 |
| | $ | 8 |
| | $ | 783,410 |
| | $ | (140 | ) | | $ | (30,507 | ) | | $ | 752,771 |
|
Net income | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | 144,020 |
| | 144,020 |
|
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) from investments | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | (686 | ) | | — |
| | (686 | ) |
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment | — |
| | — |
| | (10 | ) | | (154 | ) | | — |
| | (164 | ) |
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans | 991 |
| | — |
| | 11,325 |
| | — |
| | — |
| | 11,325 |
|
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of restricted stock units | — |
| | — |
| | (20,716 | ) | | — |
| | — |
| | (20,716 | ) |
Common stock repurchased and retired | (1,696 | ) | | — |
| | (15,669 | ) | | — |
| | (86,122 | ) | | (101,791 | ) |
Net tax benefits from stock-based awards | — |
| | — |
| | 10,224 |
| | — |
| | — |
| | 10,224 |
|
Stock-based compensation | — |
| | — |
| | 52,943 |
| | — |
| | — |
| | 52,943 |
|
Balances at December 31, 2015 | 79,500 |
| | 8 |
| | 821,507 |
| | (980 | ) | | 27,391 |
| | 847,926 |
|
Net income | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | 189,682 |
| | 189,682 |
|
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) from investments | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | 712 |
| | — |
| | 712 |
|
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment
| — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | (670 | ) | | — |
| | (670 | ) |
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans | 1,163 |
| | — |
| | 13,778 |
| | — |
| | — |
| | 13,778 |
|
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of restricted stock units | — |
| | — |
| | (29,857 | ) | | — |
| | — |
| | (29,857 | ) |
Common stock repurchased and retired | (1,110 | ) | | — |
| | (10,593 | ) | | — |
| | (85,625 | ) | | (96,218 | ) |
Net tax benefits from stock-based awards | — |
| | — |
| | 15,888 |
| | — |
| | — |
| | 15,888 |
|
Stock-based compensation | — |
| | — |
| | 54,148 |
| | — |
| | — |
| | 54,148 |
|
Balances at December 31, 2016 | 79,553 |
| | 8 |
| | 864,871 |
| | (938 | ) | | 131,448 |
| | 995,389 |
|
Cumulative effect adjustment from adoption of ASU 2016-16 | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | (1,300 | ) | | (1,300 | ) |
Net income | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | 231,418 |
| | 231,418 |
|
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) from investments | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | (232 | ) | | — |
| | (232 | ) |
Net change in foreign currency translation adjustment | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| | 1,741 |
| | — |
| | 1,741 |
|
Issuance of common stock relating to employee equity compensation plans | 1,073 |
| | — |
| | 14,461 |
| | — |
| | — |
| | 14,461 |
|
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of restricted stock units | — |
| | — |
| | (46,168 | ) | | — |
| | — |
| | (46,168 | ) |
Common stock repurchased and retired | (586 | ) | | — |
| | (5,583 | ) | | — |
| | (98,210 | ) | | (103,793 | ) |
Stock-based compensation | — |
| | — |
| | 58,854 |
| | — |
| | — |
| | 58,854 |
|
Balances at December 31, 2017 | 80,040 |
| | $ | 8 |
| | $ | 886,435 |
| | $ | 571 |
| | $ | 263,356 |
| | $ | 1,150,370 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
|
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 | | 2015 |
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: | | | | | |
Net income | $ | 231,418 |
| | $ | 189,682 |
| | $ | 144,020 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: | | | | | |
Deferred taxes | 17,572 |
| | (16,401 | ) | | (11,424 | ) |
Depreciation and amortization | 37,739 |
| | 24,002 |
| | 18,004 |
|
Stock-based compensation | 58,854 |
| | 54,148 |
| | 52,943 |
|
Net tax benefits from stock-based awards | — |
| | 15,888 |
| | 10,224 |
|
Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangements | — |
| | (16,773 | ) | | (10,396 | ) |
Equity in losses of investee | 3,219 |
| | 1,684 |
| | — |
|
Other non-cash operating activities | 13,847 |
| | 12,031 |
| | 13,799 |
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions: | | | | | |
Accounts receivable | (90,990 | ) | | (94,444 | ) | | (40,775 | ) |
Inventories | (5,481 | ) | | (7,663 | ) | | (3,563 | ) |
Prepaid expenses and other assets | (8,669 | ) | | (9,390 | ) | | (3,726 | ) |
Accounts payable | 8,175 |
| | (3,395 | ) | | 7,575 |
|
Accrued and other long-term liabilities | 24,235 |
| | 30,007 |
| | 12,532 |
|
Long-term income tax payable | 68,958 |
| | 7,622 |
| | 6,930 |
|
Deferred revenues | 79,662 |
| | 60,656 |
| | 41,854 |
|
Net cash provided by operating activities | 438,539 |
| | 247,654 |
| | 237,997 |
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: | | | | | |
Acquisition, net of cash acquired | (8,953 | ) | | — |
| | — |
|
Purchase of property, plant and equipment | (195,695 | ) | | (70,576 | ) | | (53,451 | ) |
Purchase of marketable securities | (390,244 | ) | | (405,612 | ) | | (447,092 | ) |
Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities | 349,240 |
| | 387,873 |
| | 304,125 |
|
Purchase of equity method investments | (12,764 | ) | | (46,745 | ) | | — |
|
Proceeds from sales of marketable securities | 39,536 |
| | 216,119 |
| | 30,011 |
|
Loan advances to equity investee | (36,000 | ) | | — |
| | — |
|
Loan repayment from equity investee | 6,000 |
| | — |
| | — |
|
Other investing activities | 567 |
| | (8,211 | ) | | 46 |
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities | (248,313 | ) | | 72,848 |
| | (166,361 | ) |
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: | | | | | |
Proceeds from issuance of common stock | 14,461 |
| | 13,778 |
| | 11,325 |
|
Common stock repurchases | (103,793 | ) | | (96,218 | ) | | (101,791 | ) |
Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangements | — |
| | 16,773 |
| | 10,396 |
|
Employees’ taxes paid upon the vesting of restricted stock units | (46,168 | ) | | (29,857 | ) | | (20,716 | ) |
Net cash used in financing activities | (135,500 | ) | | (95,524 | ) | | (100,786 | ) |
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents | 5,510 |
| | (3,417 | ) | | (3,007 | ) |
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | 60,236 |
| | 221,561 |
| | (32,157 | ) |
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year | 389,275 |
| | 167,714 |
| | 199,871 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year | $ | 449,511 |
| | $ | 389,275 |
| | $ | 167,714 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial state ments.
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Business Description
Align Technology, Inc. (“We”, “Our”, or “Align”) was incorporated in April 1997 in Delaware. Align is a global medical device company engaged in the design, manufacture and marketing of Invisalign® clear aligners and iTero® intraoral scanners and services for orthodontics and restorative and aesthetic dentistry. Align’s products are intended primarily for the treatment of malocclusion or the misalignment of teeth and are designed to help dental professionals achieve the clinical outcomes that they expect. We are headquartered in San Jose, California with offices worldwide. Our European headquarters is located in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and our Asia Pacific headquarters is located in Singapore. We have two operating segments: (1) Clear Aligner, known as the Invisalign System, and (2) Scanners and Services ("Scanner"), known as the iTero intraoral scanner and OrthoCAD services.
Basis of Presentation and Preparation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Align and our wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances.
In connection with the preparation of the consolidated financial statements, we evaluated events subsequent to the balance sheet date through the financial statement issuance date and determined that all material transactions have been recorded and disclosed properly.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") in the United States of America (“U.S.”) requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to the fair values of financial instruments, long-lived assets and goodwill, equity method investments, useful lives of intangible assets and property and equipment, revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, income taxes and contingent liabilities, among others. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
We measure our cash equivalents, marketable securities, Israeli fund and certain notes receivable at fair value. Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:
Level 1 – Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Level 3 – Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
We consider currency on hand, demand deposits, time deposits, and all highly liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are held in various financial institutions in the U.S. and internationally.
Restricted Cash
Our restricted cash balance as of December 31, 2017 is not material. Our restricted cash balance as of December 31, 2016 was $3.7 million, of which $3.3 million was classified as a long-term asset and $0.4 million as a current asset. The restricted cash primarily consists of funds reserved for legal requirements.
Marketable Securities
We invest primarily in money market funds, commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. government agency bonds, asset-backed securities, municipal securities, U.S. government treasury bonds and certificates of deposits.
Marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value. Marketable securities classified as current assets have maturities of less than one year. Unrealized gains or losses on such securities are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net in stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses from maturities of all such securities are reported in earnings and computed using the specific identification cost method. Realized gains or losses and charges for other-than-temporary declines in value, if any, on available-for-sale securities are reported in interest and other income (expense), net as incurred. We periodically evaluate these investments for other-than-temporary impairment.
Variable Interest Entities
We evaluate whether an entity in which we have made an investment is considered a variable interest entity (“VIE”). If we determine we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE, we would consolidate the VIE into our financial statements. In determining if we are the primary beneficiary, we evaluate whether we have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Our evaluation includes identification of significant activities and an assessment of our ability to direct those activities based on governance provisions and arrangements to provide or receive product and process technology, product supply, operations services, equity funding, financing, and other applicable agreements and circumstances. Our assessments of whether we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE require significant assumptions and judgments. We have concluded that we are not the primary beneficiary of our VIE investments; therefore, we do not consolidate their results into our consolidated financials.
Investments in Privately Held Companies
Investments in privately held companies in which we can exercise significant influence but do not own a majority equity interest or otherwise control, are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Equity method investments are reported on our balance sheet as a single amount, and we record our share of their operating results within equity in losses of investee, net of tax, in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Equity method investments are evaluated for impairment as events or circumstances indicate that there is an other-than-temporary loss in value. The decrease in value is recognized in the period the impairment occurs and recorded in interest and other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Derivative Financial Instruments
We may enter into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations associated with certain assets and liabilities. These forward contracts are not designated as hedging instruments and do not subject us to material balance sheet risk due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The gains and losses on these forward contracts are intended to offset the gains and losses in the underlying foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities being economically hedged. We do not enter into foreign currency forward contracts for trading or speculative purposes. The net gain or loss from the settlement of these foreign currency forward contracts is recorded in interest and other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Foreign Currency
For our international subsidiaries, we analyze on an annual basis or more often if necessary, if a significant change in facts and circumstances indicate that the functional currency has changed. For international subsidiaries where the local currency is the functional currency, adjustments from translating financial statements from the local currency to the U.S. dollar reporting currency are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net in the stockholders’ equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet. This foreign currency translation adjustment reflects the translation of the balance sheet at period end exchange rates, and the income statement at an average exchange rate in effect during the period. The foreign currency revaluation that are derived from monetary assets and liabilities stated in a currency other than functional currency are included in interest and other income (expense), net. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we had foreign currency net gains (losses) of $9.0 million, $(8.0) million and $(4.0) million, respectively.
Certain Risks and Uncertainties
Our operating results depend to a significant extent on our ability to market and develop our products. The life cycles of our products are difficult to estimate due, in part, to the effect of future product enhancements and competition. Our inability to successfully develop and market our products as a result of competition or other factors would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our cash and investments are held primarily by three financial institutions. Financial instruments which potentially expose us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and marketable securities. We invest excess cash primarily in money market funds, commercial paper, corporate bonds, U.S. government agency bonds, municipal securities, U.S. government treasury bonds, certificates of deposits and asset-backed securities. If the carrying value of our investments exceeds the fair value, and the decline in fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, we will be required to write down the value of our investments, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, the performance of certain securities in our investment portfolio correlates with the credit condition of the U.S. economy.
We provide credit to customers in the normal course of business. Collateral is not required for accounts receivable, but ongoing evaluations of customers’ credit worthiness are performed. We maintain reserves for potential credit losses and such losses have been within management’s expectations. No individual customer accounted for 10% or more of our accounts receivable at December 31, 2017 or 2016, or net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 or 2015.
In the U.S., the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) regulates the design, manufacture, distribution, pre-clinical and clinical study, clearance and approval of medical devices. Products developed by us may require approvals or clearances from the FDA or other international regulatory agencies prior to commercialized sales. There can be no assurance that our products will receive any of the required approvals or clearances. If we were denied approval or clearance or such approval was delayed, it may have a material adverse impact on us.
We have manufacturing facilities located outside the U.S. In Juarez, Mexico, we manufacture our clear aligners, distribute and repair our scanners and perform our CAD/CAM services. In Or Yehuda, Israel, we produce our handheld intraoral scanner wand and perform the final assembly of our iTero scanner. Our digital treatment plans using a sophisticated, internally developed computer-modeling program are located in Costa Rica, China and Germany. Our reliance on international operations exposes us to related risks and uncertainties, including difficulties in staffing and managing international operations such as hiring and retaining qualified personnel; controlling production volume and quality of manufacture; political, social and economic instability, particularly as a result of increased levels of violence in Juarez, Mexico and Or Yehuda, Israel; interruptions and limitations in telecommunication services; product and material transportation delays or disruption; trade restrictions and changes in tariffs; import and export license requirements and restrictions; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and potential adverse tax consequences. If any of these risks materialize, our international manufacturing operations, as well as our operating results, may be harmed.
We purchase certain inventory from sole suppliers. Additionally, we rely on a limited number of hardware manufacturers. The inability of any supplier or manufacturer to fulfill our supply requirements could materially and adversely impact our future operating results.
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost computed using either standard cost, which approximates actual cost, or average cost on a first-in-first-out basis. Excess and obsolete inventories are determined primarily based on future demand forecasts, and write-downs of excess and obsolete inventories are recorded as a component of cost of net revenues.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Construction in progress ("CIP") is related to the construction or development of property (including land) and equipment that have not yet been placed in service for their intended use. Upon sale or retirement, the asset’s cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and any related gains or losses are reflected in operating expenses. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Refer to Note 3 "Balance Sheet Components" of the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements for details on estimated useful lives.
Goodwill and Finite-Lived Acquired Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in business combinations and is allocated to the respective reporting units based on relative synergies generated. For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, all goodwill is attributed to our Clear Aligner reporting unit.
Our intangible assets primarily consist of intangible assets acquired as part of our acquisition of Cadent Holdings, Inc. on April 11, 2011. These assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives ranging from one to fifteen years, reflecting the period in which the economic benefits of the assets are expected to be realized.
Impairment of Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets
Goodwill
We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually on November 30th or more frequently if indicators are present, an event occurs or changes in circumstances suggest an impairment may exist and that it would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The allocation of goodwill to the respective reporting units is based on relative synergies generated as a result of an acquisition.
We perform an initial assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In performing the qualitative assessment, we identify and consider the significance of relevant key factors, events, and circumstances that affect the fair value of our reporting units. These factors include external factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as our actual and planned financial performance. We also give consideration to the difference between the reporting unit fair value and carrying value as of the most recent date a fair value measurement was performed. If, after assessing the totality of relevant events and circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value and there is no indication of impairment, no further testing is performed; however, if we conclude otherwise, the first step of the two-step impairment test is performed by estimating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing it with its carrying value, including goodwill.
Step one of the goodwill impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit against its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to each reporting unit. We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on the present value of estimated future cash flows under the income approach of the reporting units as well as various price or market multiples applied to the reporting unit's operating results along with the appropriate control premium under the marketing approach, both of which are classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy as described in Note 2 "Marketable Securities and Fair Value Measurements" of the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, step two requires the comparison of the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill against the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill. Any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is recorded as an impairment loss in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets
We evaluate long-lived assets (including finite-lived intangible assets) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. An asset or asset group is considered impaired if its carrying amount exceeds the future undiscounted net cash flows that the asset or asset group is expected to generate. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industry or economic trends, significant loss of customers and changes in the competitive environment. If an asset or asset group is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is calculated as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset or asset group exceeds its fair market value. Our estimates of future cash flows attributable to our long-lived assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many assumptions. The estimation of fair value utilizing a discounted cash flow approach includes numerous uncertainties which require our significant judgment when making assumptions of expected growth rates and the selection of discount rates, as well as assumptions regarding general economic and business conditions, and the structure that would yield the highest economic value, among other factors. Refer to Note 6 "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" of the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements for details on intangible long-lived assets.
There were no triggering events in 2017 that would cause an impairment of our goodwill or long-lived assets.
Development Costs for Internal Use Software
Internally developed software includes enterprise-level business software that we customize to meet our specific operational needs. Such capitalized costs include external direct costs utilized in developing or obtaining the applications and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees, who are directly associated with the development of the applications. Internally developed software costs capitalized during the year ended December 31, 2017 was not material. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we capitalized approximately $13.2 million related to our enterprise resource planning ("ERP") project which we placed into production during 2016 and amortize over its useful life of 10 years.
The costs to develop software that is marketed externally have not been capitalized as we believe our current software development process is essentially completed concurrent with the establishment of technological feasibility. As such, all related software development costs are expensed as incurred and included in research and development expense in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Product Warranty
Clear Aligner
We warrant our Invisalign products against material defects until the treatment plan is complete. We warrant SmileDirectClub, LLC (“SDC”) products against material defects for one year. We accrue for warranty costs in cost of net revenues upon shipment of products. The estimated warranty costs liability is primarily based on historical experience as to product failures as well as current information on replacement costs. Actual warranty costs could differ materially from the estimated amounts. We regularly review the warranty liability and update these balances based on historical warranty cost trends.
Scanners and Services
We warrant our intraoral scanners for a period of one year, which include materials and labor. We accrue for these warranty costs based on average historical repair costs. An extended warranty may be purchased for additional fees.
Allowances for Doubtful Accounts and Sales Returns
We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for customers that are not able to make payments and allowances for sales returns. We periodically review these allowances, including an analysis of the customers’ payment history and information regarding the customers’ creditworthiness, as well as historical sales returns as a percentage of revenue. Actual write-offs have not materially differed from the estimated allowances.
Revenue Recognition
We measure and allocate revenue according to the accounting guidance for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605-25, "Revenue Recognition – Multiple-Element Arrangements."
Multiple-Element Arrangements (“MEAs”): Arrangements with customers may include multiple deliverables, including any combination of products/equipment and services. The deliverables included in the MEAs are separated into more than one unit of accounting when (i) the delivered product/equipment has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, and (ii) delivery of the undelivered service element(s) is probable and substantially in our control. Arrangement consideration is then allocated to each unit, delivered or undelivered, at the inception of the arrangement based on the relative selling price of each unit of accounting based first on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if it exists, second on third-party evidence (“TPE”) if it exists, or on best estimated selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE or TPE exist.
| |
• | VSOE - In most instances, this applies to products and services that are sold separately in stand-alone arrangements. We determine VSOE based on pricing and discounting practices for the specific product or service when sold separately, considering geographical, customer, and other economic or marketing variables, as well as renewal rates or stand-alone prices for the service element(s). |
| |
• | TPE - If we cannot establish VSOE of selling price for a specific product or service included in a multiple-element arrangement, we use third-party evidence of selling price. We determine TPE based on sales of comparable amount of similar products or service offered by multiple third parties considering the degree of customization and similarity of product or service sold. |
| |
• | BESP - The best estimated selling price represents the price at which we would sell a product or service if it were sold on a stand-alone basis. When VSOE or TPE does not exist for all elements, we determine BESP for the arrangement element based on sales, cost and margin analysis, as well as other inputs based on our pricing practices. Adjustments for other market and company specific factors are made as deemed necessary in determining BESP. We regularly review our estimates of selling price and maintain internal controls over the establishment and update of these estimates. |
Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of the arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured, title and risk of loss have passed to customers based on the shipping terms, and allowances for discounts, returns, and customer incentives can be reliably estimated. Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers are provided for in the same period that the related product sales are recorded.
Clear Aligner
We enter into arrangements (“treatment plan(s)”) that involve multiple future product deliverables. Invisalign Full, Invisalign Teen, and Invisalign Assist products include optional additional aligners at no charge for a period of up to five years after initial shipment and Invisalign Go includes optional additional aligners at no charge for a period of up to two years after initial shipment. Invisalign Teen also includes up to six optional replacement aligners in the price of the product and may be ordered by the dental professional any time throughout treatment. Invisalign Lite includes one optional case refinement in the price of the product. Case refinement is a finishing tool used to adjust a patient's teeth to the desired final position and may be elected by the dental professional at any time during treatment; however, it is generally ordered in the last stages of the treatment.
We determined that our treatment plans, except Invisalign Assist with progress tracking, comprise the following deliverables which also represent separate units of accounting: initial aligners, additional aligners, case refinement, and replacement aligners. We allocate revenue for each treatment plan based on each unit's relative selling price based on BESP and recognize the revenue upon shipment of each unit in the treatment plan.
For Invisalign Assist with the progress tracking feature, aligners and services are provided to the dental professional every nine stages (a "batch”). We are able to reliably estimate the number of batches which are expected to be shipped for each case based upon our historical experience. The amounts allocated to this deliverable are recognized on a prorated basis as each batch is shipped.
Scanners and Services
We recognize revenues from the sales of iTero intraoral scanners and CAD/CAM services. CAD/CAM services include scanning services, extended warranty for the intraoral scanners, a range of iTero restorative services, and OrthoCAD services such as OrthoCAD iRecord. We sell intraoral scanners and services through both our direct sales force and distribution partners. The intraoral scanner sales price includes one year of warranty, and, for additional fees, the customer may select an unlimited scanning service agreement over a fixed period of time or extended warranty periods. When intraoral scanners are sold with either an unlimited scanning service agreement and/or extended warranty, we allocate revenue based on each element's relative selling price. We estimate the selling price of each element, as if it is sold on a stand-alone basis, taking into consideration historical prices as well as our discounting strategies.
Scanner revenue, net of related discounts and allowances, is recognized when products have been shipped and no significant obligations for installation or training remain. For certain distributors who provide installation and training to the customer, we recognize scanner revenue when the intraoral scanner is shipped to the distributor assuming all of the other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Discounts are deducted from revenue at the time of sale. Returns of products, excluding warranty related returns, are infrequent and insignificant.
Service revenue, including iTero restorative and all OrthoCAD services are recognized upon delivery or ratably over the contract term as the specified services are performed. If a customer selects a pay per use basis for scanning service fees, the revenue is recognized as the service is provided.
We offer customers an option to purchase extended warranties on certain products. We recognize revenue on these extended warranty contracts ratably over the life of the contract. The costs associated with these extended warranty contracts are recognized when incurred.
Shipping and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling charges to customers are included in net revenues, and the associated costs incurred are recorded in cost of net revenues.
Legal Proceedings and Litigations
We are involved in legal proceedings on an ongoing basis. If we believe that a loss arising from such matters is probable and can be reasonably estimated, we accrue the estimated loss in our consolidated financial statements. If only a range of estimated losses can be determined, we accrue an amount within the range that, in our judgment, reflects the most likely outcome; if none of the estimates within that range is a better estimate than any other amount, we accrue the low end of the range.
Research and Development
Research and development expense is expensed as incurred and includes the costs associated with the research and development of new products and enhancements to existing products. These costs primarily include personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation, outside consulting expenses and allocations of corporate overhead expenses including facilities and IT.
Advertising Costs
The cost of advertising and media is expensed as incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we incurred advertising costs of $70.0 million, $36.0 million and $23.4 million, respectively.
Common Stock Repurchase
We repurchase our own common stock from time to time in the open market when our Board of Directors approve a stock repurchase program. We account for these repurchases under the accounting guidance for equity where we allocate the total
repurchase value that is in excess over par value between additional paid-in capital and retained earnings. All shares repurchased are retired.
Operating Leases
We lease office spaces, vehicles and equipment under operating leases with original lease periods of up to 9 years. Certain of these leases have free or escalating rent payment provisions and lease incentives provided by the landlord. We recognize rent expense under such leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.
Income Taxes
We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes.
As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves us estimating our current tax exposure under the applicable tax laws and assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
We account for uncertainty in income taxes pursuant to authoritative guidance based on a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit based on its technical merits, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We adjust reserves for our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, or refinement of estimates due to new information. To the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact our tax provision in our Consolidated Statement of Operation in the period in which such determination is made.
We assess the likelihood that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets. Should there be a change in our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, our tax provision would increase in the period in which we determine that it is more likely than not that we cannot realize our deferred tax assets. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of income, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. If it is more likely than not that we will not realize our deferred tax assets, we will increase our provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be realizable. The available positive evidence at December 31, 2017 included historical operating profits and a projection of future income sufficient to realize most of our remaining deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2017, it was considered more likely than not that our deferred tax assets would be realized with the exception of certain foreign loss carryovers as we are unable to forecast sufficient future profits to realize the deferred tax assets.
The U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was enacted into law on December 22, 2017 and impacted our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017. The TCJA made significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017.
On December 22, 2017, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 ("SAB 118") was issued to address the application of GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the TCJA. We recorded an additional income tax expense of $84.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, which represents the provisional amount of the impact of the TCJA. This provisional amount includes income tax expenses related to the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities of $10.4 million, and the one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earning in the amount of $73.9 million. Additional work is necessary for a more detailed analysis of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and our historical foreign earnings as well as potential correlative adjustments. Any subsequent adjustment to these amounts will be recorded to the
provision for income taxes in 2018 when the analysis is complete. Refer to Note 13 "Income Taxes" of the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements for details on provision impact of the TCJA.
Stock-Based Compensation
We recognize stock-based compensation cost for shares expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, net of estimated forfeitures. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of employee stock purchase plan shares. We estimate the fair value of market-performance based restricted stock units using a Monte Carlo simulation model which requires the input of assumptions, including expected term, stock price volatility and the risk-free rate of return. In addition, judgment is also required in estimating the number of stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited. Forfeitures are estimated based on historical experience at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income, including unrealized gains and losses on investments and foreign currency translation adjustments, are reported net of their related tax effect.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
(i) New Accounting Updates Recently Adopted
In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued ASU 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business,” to clarify the definition of a business when evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions of assets or businesses. We early adopted the standard in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017 on a prospective basis and our adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-09, "Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting" (Topic 718). We adopted the standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2017. With this adoption, excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation expense are reflected in our consolidated statement of operations as a component of the provision for income taxes instead of additional paid-in capital in our consolidated balance sheet. In addition, we elected to continue to estimate expected forfeitures rather than as they occur to determine the amount of compensation cost to be recognized in each period. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, we recognized excess tax benefits of $30.0 million in our provision for income taxes. Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements are classified as an operating activity in our consolidated statement of cash flows.
In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, "Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory," (Topic 740) which requires entities to recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. We early adopted the standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 by applying the modified retrospective approach and recognized a $1.3 million decrease to retained earnings as a cumulative-effect adjustment.
(ii) Recent Accounting Updates Not Yet Effective
In May 2014, the FASB released ASU 2014-9, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers," (Topic 606) to supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The core principle of the standard is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for the goods or services. The new standard defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, it is possible more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than required under existing GAAP including identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. In addition, the new standard requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. We plan to adopt
the standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 by applying the full retrospective method. Prior periods will be retrospectively adjusted and we will recognize the cumulative effect of adopting this guidance as an adjustment to our opening balance of retained earnings as of January 1, 2016. We have assessed the financial statement impact of adoption including, but not limited to, volume-based discount programs, sales commissions and the identification of performance obligations, and are continuing to evaluate the transition and disclosure requirements of the standard. We anticipate the adoption of Topic 606 will not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.
In April 2016, the FASB released ASU 2016-10, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers," to clarify the following two aspects of Topic 606: identifying performance obligations and the licensing implementation guidance, while retaining the principles for those areas of the ASU 2014-9 issued in May 2014. The effective date and the transition requirement of the amendments in this update are the same as the effective date and transition requirements of Topic 606.
In May 2016, the FASB released ASU 2016-12, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers," to address certain issues in the Topic 606 guidance on assessing the collectability, presentation of sales taxes, non-cash consideration, and completed contracts and contract modifications at transition. The ASU provides narrow-scope improvements and practical expedients to the ASU 2014-9 issued in May 2014. The effective date and the transition requirement of the amendments in this update are the same as the effective date and transition requirements of Topic 606.
In December 2016, the FASB released ASU 2016-20, "Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers," to clarify certain aspects of guidance in the Topic 606 including its scope, disclosure requirements and contract cost accounting, while retaining the principles for those areas of the ASU 2014-9 issued in May 2014. The effective date and the transition requirement of the amendments in this update are the same as the effective date and transition requirements of Topic 606.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842) to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The updated guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the standard is permitted. We plan to adopt the standard in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019 by electing practical expedients available in the standard. While we are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements, we expect the adoption will have a material increase to the assets and liabilities of our consolidated balance sheet.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses” (Topic 326). The FASB issued this update to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. The amendments in this update replace the existing guidance of incurred loss impairment methodology with an approach that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The updated guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the update is permitted in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, "Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments" (Topic 230). This FASB clarifies the presentation and classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statements of cash flows. The amendments are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017. We plan to adopt the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 and we do not expect that the guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated statements of cash flows.
In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, "Statement of Cash Flows - Restricted Cash," which provides guidance to address the classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash in the statements of cash flows. The amendments are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017 on a retrospective basis. We plan to adopt the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 and we do not expect that the guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated statements of cash flows.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment," to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating step two from the goodwill impairment test. Under the amendments, an entity will recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value. The amendments are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019 on a prospective basis, and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, "Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting," to clarify when to account for a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award as a modification. The amendments are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017 on a prospective basis. We are plan to adopt the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 and we do not expect that the guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Note 2. Marketable Securities and Fair Value Measurements
As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the estimated fair value of our short-term and long-term marketable securities, classified as available for sale, is as follows (in thousands):
Short-term
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
December 31, 2017 | | Amortized Cost | | Gross Unrealized Gains | | Gross Unrealized Losses | | Fair Value |
Commercial paper | | $ | 58,503 |
| | $ | — |
| | $ | (1 | ) | | $ | 58,502 |
|
Corporate bonds | | 145,728 |
| | 3 |
| | (174 | ) | | 145,557 |
|
U.S. government agency bonds | | 3,013 |
| | — |
| | (7 | ) | | 3,006 |
|
U.S. government treasury bonds | | 60,650 |
| | — |
| | (70 | ) | | 60,580 |
|
Certificates of deposit | | 4,386 |
| | — |
| | — |
| | 4,386 |
|
Total marketable securities, short-term | | $ | 272,280 |
| | $ | 3 |
| | $ | (252 | ) | | $ | 272,031 |
|
Long-term
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
December 31, 2017 | | Amortized Cost | | Gross Unrealized Gains | | Gross Unrealized Losses | | Fair Value |
U.S. government agency bonds | | $ | 15,023 |
| | $ | — |
| | $ | (68 | ) | | $ | 14,955 |
|
Corporate bonds | | 25,067 |
| | 2 |
| | (76 | ) | | 24,993 |
|
Total marketable securities, long-term | | $ | 40,090 |
| | $ | 2 |
| | $ | (144 | ) | | $ | 39,948 |
|
Short-term
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
December 31, 2016 | | Amortized Cost | | Gross Unrealized Gains | | Gross Unrealized Losses | | Fair Value |
Commercial paper | | $ | 42,397 |
| | $ | — |
| | $ | (6 | ) | | $ | 42,391 |
|
Corporate bonds | | 122,788 |
| | 22 |
| | (121 | ) | | 122,689 |
|
Municipal securities | | 5,852 |
| | — |
| | (5 | ) | | 5,847 |
|
U.S. government agency bonds | | 28,903 |
| | 9 |
| | (4 | ) | | 28,908 |
|
U.S. government treasury bonds | | 45,146 |
| | 7 |
| | (7 | ) | | 45,146 |
|
Certificates of deposit | | 6,000 |
| | — |
| | — |
| | 6,000 |
|
Total marketable securities, short-term | | $ | 251,086 |
| | $ | 38 |
| | $ | (143 | ) | | $ | 250,981 |
|
Long-term
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
December 31, 2016 | | Amortized Cost | | Gross Unrealized Gains | | Gross Unrealized Losses | | Fair Value |
U.S. government agency bonds | | $ | 6,805 |
| | $ | — |
| | $ | (16 | ) | | $ | 6,789 |
|
Corporate bonds | | 40,889 |
| | 8 |
| | (85 | ) | | 40,812 |
|
U.S. government treasury bonds | | 12,016 |
| | 5 |
| | (16 | ) | | 12,005 |
|
Asset-backed securities | | 177 |
| | — |
| | — |
| | 177 |
|
Total marketable securities, long-term | | $ | 59,887 |
| | $ | 13 |
| | $ | (117 | ) | | $ | 59,783 |
|
Cash equivalents are not included in the tables above as the gross unrealized gains and losses are not material. We have no short-term or long-term investments that have been in a continuous material unrealized loss position for greater than twelve months as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. Amounts reclassified to earnings from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net related to unrealized gains or losses were not material in 2017 and 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, realized gains or losses were not material.
Our fixed-income securities investment portfolio consists of commercial paper, corporate bonds, municipal securities, U.S. government agency bonds, U.S. government treasury bonds, certificates of deposit and asset-backed securities that have a maximum effective maturity of 40 months on any individual security. The securities that we invest in are generally deemed to be low risk based on their credit ratings from the major rating agencies. The longer the duration of these securities, the more susceptible they are to changes in market interest rates and bond yields. As interest rates increase, those securities purchased at a lower yield show a mark-to-market unrealized loss. The unrealized losses are due primarily to changes in credit spreads and interest rates. We expect to realize the full value of all these investments upon maturity or sale. The weighted average remaining duration of these securities was approximately 6 months and 7 months as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
As the carrying value approximates the fair value for our short-term and long-term marketable securities shown in the tables above, the following table summarizes the fair value of our short-term and long-term marketable securities classified by maturity as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):
|
| | | | | | | | |
| | December 31, |
| | 2017 | | 2016 |
One year or less | | $ | 272,031 |
| | $ | 250,981 |
|
Due in greater than one year | | 39,948 |
| | 59,783 |
|
Total marketable securities | | $ | 311,979 |
| | $ | 310,764 |
|
Fair Value Measurements
We measure the fair value of financial assets as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We use the GAAP fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. This hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
Level 1 — Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Our Level 1 assets consist of money market funds and U.S. government treasury bonds. We did not hold any Level 1 liabilities as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.
Level 2 — Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Our Level 2 assets consist of commercial paper, corporate bonds, municipal securities, U.S. government agency and treasury bonds, certificates of deposit, asset-backed securities and our Israeli funds that are mainly invested in insurance policies. We obtain fair values for our Level 2 investments. Our custody bank and asset managers independently use professional pricing services to gather pricing data which may include quoted market prices for identical or comparable financial instruments, or inputs other than
quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly, and we are ultimately responsible for these underlying estimates. We did not hold any Level 2 liabilities as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques, as well as significant management judgment or estimation. Certain investments in private companies contain embedded derivatives, which do not require bifurcation as we elected to measure these investments at fair value. Our Level 3 assets consist of notes receivable due on December 31, 2018. We did not hold any Level 3 liabilities as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.
The following table summarizes the reconciliation of assets measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs Level 3 (in thousands): |
| | | |
| Notes Receivable |
Balance as of December 31, 2016 (1) | $ | 2,047 |
|
Additional notes receivable issued | 2,000 |
|
Accrued interest receivable | 79 |
|
Change in fair value recognized in earnings | 350 |
|
Balance as of December 31, 2017 (1) | $ | 4,476 |
|
(1) Balance was reclassified from Long-term notes receivable to Short-term notes receivable as of December 31, 2017
Refer to Note 9 "Commitments and Contingencies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on our investment with a privately held company.
The following tables summarize our financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Description | | Balance as of December 31, 2017 | | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 3) |
Cash equivalents: | | | | | | | | |
Money market funds | | $ | 253,155 |
| | $ | 253,155 |
| | $ | — |
| | $ | — |
|
Commercial paper | | 7,246 |
| | — |
| | 7,246 |
| | — |
|
Corporate bonds | | 2,016 |
| | — |
| | 2,016 |
| | — |
|
Short-term investments: | | | | | | | | |
Commercial paper | | 58,502 |
| | — |
| | 58,502 |
| | — |
|
Corporate bonds | | 145,557 |
| | — |
| | 145,557 |
| | — |
|
U.S. government agency bonds | | 3,006 |
| | — |
| | 3,006 |
| | — |
|
U.S. government treasury bonds | | 60,580 |
| | 60,580 |
| | — |
| | — |
|
Certificates of deposit | | 4,386 |
| | — |
| | 4,386 |
| | — |
|
Long-term investments: | | | | | | | | |
U.S. government agency bonds | | 14,955 |
| | — |
| | 14,955 |
| | — |
|
Corporate bonds | | 24,993 |
| | — |
| | 24,993 |
| | — |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets: | | | | | | | | |
Israeli funds | | 3,075 |
| | — |
| | 3,075 |
| | — |
|
Short-term notes receivable
| | 4,476 |
| | — |
| | — |
| | 4,476 |
|
| | $ | 581,947 |
| | $ | 313,735 |
| | $ | 263,736 |
| | $ | 4,476 |
|
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Description | | Balance as of December 31, 2016 | | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) | | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) | | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 3) |
Cash equivalents: | | | | | | | | |
Money market funds | | $ | 87,179 |
| | $ | 87,179 |
| | $ | — |
| | $ | — |
|
Commercial paper | | 2,499 |
| | — |
| | 2,499 |
| | — |
|
Corporate bonds | | 750 |
| | — |
| | 750 |
| | — |
|
Short-term investments: | | | | | | | | |
Commercial paper | | 42,391 |
| | — |
| | 42,391 |
| | — |
|
Corporate bonds | | 122,689 |
| | — |
| | 122,689 |
| | — |
|
Municipal securities | | 5,847 |
| | — |
| | 5,847 |
| | — |
|
U.S. government agency bonds | | 28,908 |
| | — |
| | 28,908 |
| | — |
|
U.S. government treasury bonds | | 45,146 |
| | 45,146 |
| | — |
| | — |
|
Certificates of deposit | | 6,000 |
| | — |
| | 6,000 |
| | — |
|
Long-term investments: | | | | | | | | |
U.S. government agency bonds | | 6,789 |
| | — |
| | 6,789 |
| | — |
|
Corporate bonds | | 40,812 |
| | — |
| | 40,812 |
| | — |
|
U.S. government treasury bonds | | 12,005 |
| | 12,005 |
| | — |
| | |
Asset-backed securities | | 177 |
| | — |
| | 177 |
| | — |
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets: | | | | | | | | |
Israeli funds | | 2,956 |
| | — |
| | 2,956 |
| | — |
|
Other assets: | | | | | | | | |
Long-term notes receivable | | 2,047 |
| | — |
| | — |
| | 2,047 |
|
| | $ | 406,195 |
| | $ | 144,330 |
| | $ | 259,818 |
| | $ | 2,047 |
|
Derivative Financial Instruments
We have in the past and may in the future enter into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations associated with certain assets and liabilities. During 2017, we did not enter into foreign currency forward contracts. We had no foreign currency forward contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and the net gain or loss on forward contracts was not material during the year ended December 31, 2016.
Note 3. Balance Sheet Components
Inventories
Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
|
| | | | | | | |
| December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 |
Raw materials | $ | 12,721 |
| | $ | 9,793 |
|
Work in process | 12,157 |
| | 10,773 |
|
Finished goods | 6,810 |
| | 6,565 |
|
Total inventories | $ | 31,688 |
| | $ | 27,131 |
|
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
|
| | | | | | | | | |
| | | December 31, |
| Generally Used Estimated Useful Life | | 2017 | | 2016 |
Clinical and manufacturing equipment | Up to 10 years | | $ | 183,392 |
| | $ | 153,938 |
|
Computer hardware | 3 years | | 24,933 |
| | 27,978 |
|
Computer software | 3 years | | 54,756 |
| | 59,997 |
|
Furniture and fixtures | 5 years | | 16,271 |
| | 10,306 |
|
Leasehold improvements | Lease term (1) | | 37,756 |
| | 22,370 |
|
Building | 20 years | | 63,887 |
| | 7,272 |
|
Land | — | | 17,630 |
| | 3,072 |
|
CIP | — | | 85,976 |
| | 25,948 |
|
Total | | | 484,601 |
| | 310,881 |
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization and impairment charges | | | (135,808 | ) | | (135,714 | ) |
Total property, plant and equipment, net | | | $ | 348,793 |
| | $ | 175,167 |
|
(1) Shorter of remaining lease term or estimated useful lives of asset
Depreciation and amortization was $37.7 million, $24.0 million and $18.0 million, for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
|
| | | | | | | |
| December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 |
Accrued payroll and benefits | $ | 103,004 |
| | $ | 79,214 |
|
Accrued expenses | 27,318 |
| | 21,811 |
|
Accrued income taxes | 12,405 |
| | 4,210 |
|
Accrued sales rebate | 11,209 |
| | 10,342 |
|
Accrued professional fees | 6,316 |
| | 3,604 |
|
Accrued warranty | 5,929 |
| | 3,841 |
|
Accrued sales tax and value added tax | 5,503 |
| | 5,032 |
|
Other accrued liabilities | 22,514 |
| | 6,278 |
|
Total accrued liabilities | $ | 194,198 |
| | $ | 134,332 |
|
Warranty
We regularly review the balance for accrued warranty and update based on historical warranty trends. Actual warranty costs incurred have not materially differed from those accrued; however, future actual warranty costs could differ from the estimated amounts.
Accrued warranty as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 consists of the following activity (in thousands):
|
| | | |
Accrued warranty as of December 31, 2015 | $ | 2,638 |
|
Charged to cost of net revenues | 4,894 |
|
Actual warranty expenditures | (3,691 | ) |
Accrued warranty as of December 31, 2016 | 3,841 |
|
Charged to cost of net revenues | 7,195 |
|
Actual warranty expenditures | (5,107 | ) |
Accrued warranty as of December 31, 2017 | $ | 5,929 |
|
Note 4. Equity Method Investments
On July 25, 2016, we acquired a 17% equity interest, on a fully diluted basis, in SmileDirectClub, LLC (“SDC”) for $46.7 million. The investment is accounted for under an equity method investment, and the investee, SDC, is considered a related party. The investment is reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheet under equity method investments, and we record our proportional share of SDC's income (losses) within equity in losses of investee, net of tax, in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. On July 24, 2017, we purchased an additional 2% equity interest in SDC for $12.8 million. As a result of this purchase, we hold a 19% equity interest in SDC on a fully diluted basis. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance of our equity method investments was $54.6 million and $45.1 million, respectively.
Concurrently with the investment on July 25, 2016, we also entered into a supply agreement with SDC to manufacture clear aligners for SDC's doctor-led, at-home program for simple teeth straightening. The term of the supply agreement expires on December 31, 2019. We commenced supplying aligners to SDC in October 2016. The sale of aligners to SDC and the income from the supply agreement are reported in our Clear Aligner business segment after eliminating outstanding intercompany transactions. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance of accounts receivable due from SDC was $14.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, net revenues recognized from SDC were $24.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively.
On July 25, 2016, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the "Loan Agreement") with SDC and amended on July 24, 2017 where we agreed to provide SDC a loan of up to $30.0 million in one or more advances. As of December 31, 2017, $30.0 million of advances under the Loan Agreement were outstanding and no outstanding advances as of December 31, 2016. On February 7, 2018, $30.0 million of outstanding advances and related accrued interest were repaid in full, and the Loan Agreement was terminated (Refer to Note 9 "Commitments and Contingencies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the Loan and Security Agreement with SDC).
In February 2018, we received a communication on behalf of SDC Financial LLC, SmileDirectClub LLC, and the Members of SDC Financial LLC other than Align (collectively, the "SDC Entities") alleging that the launch and operation of our Invisalign store pilot program constitutes a breach of non-compete provisions applicable to the members of SDC Financial LLC, including Align. As a result of this alleged breach, SDC Financial LLC has notified Align that its members (other than Align) seek to exercise a right to repurchase all of Align’s SDC Financial LLC membership interests for a purchase price equal to the current capital account balance of Align. The SDC Entities also allege that Align has breached confidentiality provisions applicable to the SDC Financial LLC members and demands that Align cease all activities related to the Invisalign store pilot project, close existing Invisalign stores and cease using SDC’s confidential information. Align disputes the allegations that it has breached its obligations to the SDC Entities, including the allegation that the SDC Entities are entitled to exercise a repurchase right. Pursuant to the parties’ agreement, the dispute will be arbitrated if it is not resolved through negotiations. We are currently evaluating the potential impact that this could have on our consolidated financial statements.
Note 5. Business Combinations
During the first quarter of 2017, we completed the acquisitions of certain distributors for the total estimated cash consideration of approximately $9.5 million including cash acquired. We preliminarily recorded $1.9 million of net tangible liabilities, $8.2 million of identifiable intangible assets and $3.2 million of goodwill. The preliminary fair values of net tangible liabilities and identifiable intangible assets acquired are based on preliminary valuations, and our estimates and assumptions are subject to change within the measurement period (up to one year from the acquisition date).
The goodwill is primarily related to the benefit we expect to obtain from direct sales as we believe that the transition from our distributor arrangements to a direct sales model will increase our net revenues in the region as we will experience higher average sales prices (“ASP”) compared to our discounted ASP under the distribution agreements. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.
Pro forma results of operations for these acquisitions have not been presented as they are not material to our results of operations, either individually or in aggregate, for the period ended December 31, 2017.
Note 6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
The change in the carrying value of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2017, all attributable to our Clear Aligner reporting unit, is as follows (in thousands): |
| | | |
| Total |
Balance as of December 31, 2015 | $ | 61,074 |
|
Adjustments (1) | (30 | ) |
Balance as of December 31, 2016 | 61,044 |
|
Goodwill from distributor acquisitions | 3,247 |
|
Adjustments (1) | 323 |
|
Balance as of December 31, 2017 | $ | 64,614 |
|
(1) The adjustments to goodwill during the period were related to foreign currency translation and/or purchase accounting adjustments within the measurement period.
Impairment of Goodwill
We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually on November 30th or more frequently if indicators are present, an event occurs or circumstances changes that suggest an impairment may exist and that it would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The allocation of goodwill to the respective reporting units is based on relative synergies generated as a result of an acquisition.
Annual Impairment Test
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017, we performed the annual goodwill impairment testing and found no impairment as the fair value of our Clear Aligner reporting unit was significantly in excess of its carrying value.
Intangible Long-Lived Assets
We amortize our intangible assets over their estimated useful lives. We evaluate long-lived assets, which includes property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The carrying value is not recoverable if it exceeds the undiscounted cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Our estimates of future cash flows attributable to our long-lived assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results and are subject to many factors. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industry or economic trends, significant loss of customers and changes in the competitive environment of our intraoral scanning business.
There were no triggering events in 2017 that would cause impairments of our long-lived assets.
Acquired intangible long-lived assets are being amortized as follows (in thousands):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Weighted Average Amortization Period (in years) | | Gross Carrying Amount as of December 31, 2017 | | Accumulated Amortization | | Accumulated Impairment Loss | | Net Carrying Value as of December 31, 2017 |
Trademarks | 15 | | $ | 7,100 |
| | $ | (1,769 | ) | | $ | (4,179 | ) | | $ | 1,152 |
|
Existing technology | 13 | | 12,600 |
| | (4,704 | ) | | (4,328 | ) | | 3,568 |
|
Customer relationships | 11 | | 33,500 |
| | (14,681 | ) | | (10,751 | ) | | 8,068 |
|
Reacquired rights1 | 3 | | 7,500 |
| | (1,356 | ) | | — |
| | 6,144 |
|
Patents | 8 | | 6,798 |
| | (1,504 | ) | | — |
| | 5,294 |
|
Other | 2 | | 618 |
| | (390 | ) | | — |
| | 228 |
|
Total intangible assets | | | $ | 68,116 |
| | $ | (24,404 | ) | | $ | (19,258 | ) | | $ | 24,454 |
|
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Weighted Average Amortization Period (in years) | | Gross Carrying Amount as of December 31, 2016 | | Accumulated Amortization | | Accumulated Impairment Loss | | Net Carrying Value as of December 31, 2016 |
Trademarks | 15 | | $ | 7,100 |
| | $ | (1,631 | ) | | $ | (4,179 | ) | | $ | 1,290 |
|
Existing technology | 13 | | 12,600 |
| | (4,141 | ) | | (4,328 | ) | | 4,131 |
|
Customer relationships | 11 | | 33,500 |
| | (12,819 | ) | | (10,751 | ) | | 9,930 |
|
Patents | 8 | | 6,316 |
| | (713 | ) | | — |
| | 5,603 |
|
Total intangible assets | | | $ | 59,516 |
| | $ | (19,304 | ) | | $ | (19,258 | ) | | $ | 20,954 |
|
1 The fair value of reacquired rights obtained from distributor acquisitions during the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 is valued using the income approach. In addition, we effectively settled the pre-existing relationship with the distributors by assessing whether the distributor agreements include favorable or unfavorable terms compared to current market rates. Based on the assessment, we determined that the distributor agreements had terms that are consistent with market rates and, therefore, no settlement gains or losses are recorded associated with the acquisition.
The total estimated future amortization expense for these acquired intangible assets as of December 31, 2017 is as follows (in thousands):
|
| | | |
Fiscal Year | |
2018 | $ | 6,379 |
|
2019 | 6,265 |
|
2020 | 3,869 |
|
2021 | 3,389 |
|
2022 | 2,116 |
|
Thereafter | 2,436 |
|
Total | $ | 24,454 |
|
Note 7. Credit Facility
We have a credit facility that provides for a $50.0 million revolving line of credit, with a $10.0 million letter of credit. The credit facility requires us to comply with specific financial conditions and performance requirements. On February 10, 2017, we amended the credit facility and extended the maturity date to March 22, 2018. The loans bear interest, at our option, at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the daily one-month adjusted LIBOR rate plus a spread of 1.75% or an adjusted LIBOR rate (based on one, three, six or twelve-month interest periods) plus a spread of 1.75%. On July 24, 2017, we amended the credit facility's negative covenants to allow for a Costa Rica building purchase, an additional equity interest in SDC and an increase in SDC's loan limit. As of December 31, 2017, we had no outstanding borrowings under this credit facility and were in compliance with the conditions and performance requirements (Refer to Note 4 "Equity Method Investments" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the additional equity interest in SDC and Refer to Note 9 "Commitments and Contingencies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the Costa Rica building purchase and SDC loan agreement).
On February 27, 2018, we entered into a new credit facility for a $200.0 million revolving line of credit, with a $50.0 million
letter of credit, and a maturity date of February 27, 2021, replacing the existing credit facility. The credit facility requires us to comply with specific financial conditions and performance requirements. The loans bear interest, at our option, at either a rate based on the reserve adjusted LIBOR for the applicable interest period or a base rate, in each case plus a margin. The base rate is the highest of the credit facility’s publicly announced prime rate, the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and one month LIBOR plus 1.0%. The margin ranges from 1.25% to 1.75% for LIBOR loans and 0.25% to 0.75% for base rate loans. Interest on the loans is payable quarterly in arrears with respect to base rate loans and at the end of an interest period (and at three month intervals if the interest period exceeds three months) in the case of LIBOR loans. Principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, is due on the maturity date.
Note 8. Legal Proceedings
Securities Class Action Lawsuit
On November 28, 2012, plaintiff City of Dearborn Heights Act 345 Police & Fire Retirement System filed a lawsuit against Align, Thomas M. Prescott (“Mr. Prescott”), Align’s former President and Chief Executive Officer, and Kenneth B. Arola (“Mr. Arola”), Align’s former Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our common stock (the “Securities Action”). On July 11, 2013, an amended complaint was filed, which named the same defendants, on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of our common stock between January 31, 2012 and October 17, 2012. The amended complaint alleged that Align, Mr. Prescott and Mr. Arola violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and that Mr. Prescott and Mr. Arola violated Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Specifically, the amended complaint alleged that during the purported class period defendants failed to take an appropriate goodwill impairment charge related to the April 29, 2011 acquisition of Cadent Holdings, Inc. in the fourth quarter of 2011, the first quarter of 2012 and the second quarter of 2012, which rendered our financial statements and projections of future earnings materially false and misleading and in violation of U.S. GAAP. The amended complaint sought monetary damages in an unspecified amount, costs and attorneys’ fees. On December 9, 2013, the court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss with leave for plaintiff to file a second amended complaint. Plaintiff filed a second amended complaint on January 8, 2014 on behalf of the same purported class. The second amended complaint states the same claims as the amended complaint. On August 22, 2014, the court granted our motion to dismiss without leave to amend. On September 22, 2014, Plaintiff filed a notice of appeal to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals. Briefing for the appeal was completed in May 2015 and the Ninth Circuit held oral arguments in October 2016. On May 5, 2017, the Ninth Circuit affirmed the district court's dismissal of the complaint. Plaintiff filed a request for rehearing that was denied by the Ninth Circuit on June 14, 2017. Plaintiff had 90 days following the June 14 Order to file a petition for a writ of certiorari with the United States Supreme Court which has passed and this case has been dismissed without leave to amend.
Shareholder Derivative Lawsuit
On February 1, 2013, plaintiff Gary Udis filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit against several of Align’s current and former officers and directors in the Superior Court of California, County of Santa Clara. The complaint alleges that our reported income and earnings were materially overstated because of a failure to timely write down goodwill related to the April 29, 2011 acquisition of Cadent Holdings, Inc., and that defendants made allegedly false statements concerning our forecasts. The complaint asserts various state law causes of action, including claims of breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and insider trading, among others. The complaint seeks unspecified damages on behalf of Align, which is named solely as nominal defendant against whom no recovery is sought. The complaint also seeks an order directing Align to reform and improve its corporate governance and internal procedures, and seeks restitution in an unspecified amount, costs, and attorneys’ fees. On July 8, 2013, an Order was entered staying this derivative lawsuit until an initial ruling on our first motion to dismiss the Securities Action. On January 15, 2014, an Order was entered staying this derivative lawsuit until an initial ruling on our second motion to dismiss the Securities Action. On October 14, 2014, an Order was entered staying this derivative lawsuit until a ruling by the Ninth Circuit in the Securities Action discussed above. On June 28, 2017, the Court entered an Order dismissing this action with prejudice pursuant to a joint stipulation between the parties.
Patent Infringement Lawsuit
On November 14, 2017, Align filed six patent infringement lawsuits asserting 26 patents against 3Shape A/S, a Danish corporation, and a related U.S. corporate entity, asserting that 3Shape's Trios intraoral scanning system and Dental System software infringe Align patents. Align filed two Section 337 complaints with the U.S. International Trade Commission (ITC) alleging that 3Shape violates U.S. trade laws by selling for importation and importing its infringing Trios intraoral scanning system and Dental
System software. Align's ITC complaints seek cease and desist orders and exclusion orders prohibiting the importation of 3Shape's Trios scanning system and Dental System software products into the U.S. Align also filed four separate complaints in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware alleging patent infringement by 3Shape's Trios intraoral scanning system and Dental System software. All of these district court complaints seek monetary damages and injunctive relief against further infringement.
In addition, in the course of Align's operations, Align is involved in a variety of claims, suits, investigations, and proceedings, including actions with respect to intellectual property claims, patent infringement claims, government investigations, labor and employment claims, breach of contract claims, tax, and other matters. Regardless of the outcome, these proceedings can have an adverse impact on us because of defense costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors. Although the results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict and Align's view of these matters may change in the future as litigation and events related thereto unfold; Align currently does not believe that these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will materially affect Align's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies
Operating Leases
We lease our facilities and certain equipment and automobiles under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements that expire at various dates through 2027 and provide for pre-negotiated fixed rental rates during the terms of the lease. The terms of some of our leases provide for rental payments on a graduated scale. We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period. Total rent expense was $13.8 million, $9.9 million and $8.2 million, for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Sublease income is not material and excluded from the table below.
Minimum future lease payments for non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2017, are as follows (in thousands):
|
| | | |
Fiscal Year | Operating Leases |
2018 | $ | 14,799 |
|
2019 | 13,260 |
|
2020 | 9,759 |
|
2021 | 8,137 |
|
2022 | 6,027 |
|
Thereafter | 9,573 |
|
Total minimum lease payments | $ | 61,555 |
|
Other Commitments
On July 25, 2016, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the "Loan Agreement") with SmileDirectClub, LLC ("SDC") where we agreed to provide a loan of up to $15.0 million in one or more advances to SDC (the "Loan Facility"). On July 24, 2017, we amended the Loan Agreement with SDC to increase the line of credit up to $30.0 million. Available advances under the Loan Facility are subject to a borrowing base of 80% of SDC's eligible accounts receivable, determined in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement, and the satisfaction of other customary conditions. The advances bear interest, paid quarterly, at the rate of 7% per annum. Advances that are repaid or prepaid may be reborrowed. All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the advances are due and payable on July 25, 2021. SDC's obligations in respect of the Loan Agreement are collateralized by a security interest in substantially all of SDC's assets. As of December 31, 2017, $30.0 million of advances under the Loan Facility were outstanding. On February 7, 2018, $30.0 million of outstanding advances and related accrued interest were repaid in full and the Loan Agreement was terminated (Refer to Note 4 "Equity Method Investments" of the Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on our investments in SDC).
We have entered into certain investments with a privately held company where we have committed to purchase up to $5.0 million in convertible promissory notes. The first convertible promissory note was issued on July 14, 2016 for $2.0 million and a second convertible promissory note was issued on June 5, 2017 for $2.0 million. Both notes were outstanding as of December 31, 2017. The remaining $1.0 million available is conditioned upon achievement of certain business milestones. The notes all mature on December 30, 2018 and accrue interest annually at 2.5%.
On June 30, 2017, we entered into a non-cancelable Addendum to the Master Subscription Agreement with a software company to renew our software license subscription for the total price of $50.0 million over the next three years starting on January 1, 2018.
On July 24, 2017, we entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement to purchase a new Costa Rica treatment planning facility located in the Republic of Costa Rica for a purchase price of $26.1 million. As of December 31, 2017, we made payments of $20.9 million. On January 8, 2018, we paid the final payment of $5.2 million and closed the Purchase and Sale Agreement.
On November 9, 2017, we entered into an Investment Agreement with the People’s Republic of China (“China Government”) where we have committed to invest a minimum of $46.0 million in Ziyang, China over five years to establish manufacturing operations.
On November 15, 2017, we entered into another Purchase and Sale Agreement to purchase a building located in the Republic of Costa Rica for a purchase price of $25.6 million. The building will be used to support treatment planning and corporate administrative activities. As of December 31, 2017, we made payments of $6.8 million and the remaining payments are due in 2018.
On November 27, 2017, we entered into a purchase agreement with one of our existing single source suppliers. Under the terms of the agreement, we are required to purchase a minimum approximately $305.2 million of aligner materials over the next 4 years.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of December 31, 2017, we had no material off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources other than certain items disclosed in Other Commitments section above.
Indemnification Provisions
In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions in our services and products, we indemnify certain parties: customers, vendors, lessors, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, services to be provided by us and intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and our executive officers that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. Several of these agreements limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim.
It is not possible to make a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Additionally, we have a limited history of prior indemnification claims and the payments we have made under such agreements have not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position. However, to the extent that valid indemnification claims arise in the future, future payments by us could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows in a particular period. As of December 31, 2017, we did not have any material indemnification claims that were probable or reasonably possible.
Note 10. Stockholders’ Equity
Common Stock
The holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when and if declared by the Board of Directors. We have never declared or paid dividends on our common stock.
Stock-Based Compensation Plans
Our 2005 Incentive Plan, as amended, provides for the granting of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, restricted stock units, market stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to employees, non-employee directors and consultants. Shares granted on or after May 16, 2013 as an award of restricted stock, restricted stock unit,
market stock units, performance share or performance unit ("full value awards") are counted against the authorized share reserve as one and nine-tenths (1 9/10) shares for every one (1) share subject to the award, and any shares canceled that were counted as one and nine-tenths against the plan reserve will be returned at the same ratio. Full value awards granted prior to May 16, 2013 were counted against the authorized share reserve as one and one half (1 1/2) share for every one (1) share subject to the award, and any shares canceled that were counted as one and one half against the plan reserve will be returned at this same ratio.
As of December 31, 2017, the 2005 Incentive Plan (as amended) has a total reserve of 27,783,379 shares for issuance of which 6,885,248 shares are available for issuance. We issue new shares from our pool of authorized but unissued shares to satisfy the exercise and vesting obligations of our stock-based compensation plans.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation is based on the estimated fair value of awards, net of estimated forfeitures, and recognized over the requisite service period. Estimated forfeitures are based on historical experience at the time of grant and may be revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The stock-based compensation related to all of our stock-based awards and employee stock purchases for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is as follows (in thousands):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| For the Year Ended December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 | | 2015 |
Cost of net revenues | $ | 3,330 |
| | $ | 3,966 |
| | $ | 3,938 |
|
Selling, general and administrative | 46,550 |
| | 42,612 |
| | 40,813 |
|
Research and development | 8,974 |
| | 7,570 |
| | 8,192 |
|
Total stock-based compensation | $ | 58,854 |
| | $ | 54,148 |
| | $ | 52,943 |
|
Stock Options
We have not granted options since 2011 and all outstanding options were fully vested and associated stock-based compensation was recognized as of December 31, 2015. Activity for the year ended December 31, 2017, under the stock option plans is set forth below:
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Stock Options |
| Number of Shares Underlying Stock Options (in thousands) | | Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share | | Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years) | | Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands) |
Outstanding as of December 31, 2016 | 222 |
| | $ | 14.90 |
| | | | |
Granted | — |
| | — |
| | | | |
Exercised | (143 | ) | | 16.66 |
| | | | |
Cancelled or expired | (4 | ) | | 18.16 |
| | | | |
Outstanding as of December 31, 2017 | 75 |
| | $ | 11.36 |
| | 0.93 | | $ | 15,752 |
|
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2017 | 75 |
| | $ | 11.36 |
| | 0.93 | | $ | 15,752 |
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2017 | 75 |
| | $ | 11.36 |
| | 0.93 | | $ | 15,752 |
|
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between our closing stock price on the last trading day in 2017 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on the last trading day of 2017. This amount will fluctuate based on the fair market value of our stock. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $18.1 million, $18.2 million and $7.4 million, respectively. The total fair value of the options vested during the year ended December 31, 2015 was not material.
Restricted Stock Units
The fair value of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) is based on our closing stock price on the date of grant. A summary for the year ended December 31, 2017, is as follows:
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Shares Underlying RSUs (in thousands) | | Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value | | Weighted Remaining Vesting Period (in years) | | Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands) |
Nonvested as of December 31, 2016 | 1,789 |
| | $ | 58.39 |
| | | | |
Granted | 487 |
| | 118.77 |
| | | | |
Vested and released | (852 | ) | | 54.24 |
| | | | |
Forfeited | (83 | ) | | 69.06 |
| | | | |
Nonvested as of December 31, 2017 | 1,341 |
| | $ | 82.30 |
| | 1.18 | | $ | 297,973 |
|
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (calculated by multiplying our closing stock price on the last trading day of 2017 by the number of nonvested RSUs) that would have been received by the unit holders had all RSUs been vested and released as of the last trading day of 2017. This amount will fluctuate based on the fair market value of our stock. During 2017, of the 851,693 shares vested and released, 287,790 shares vested were withheld for employee minimum statutory tax obligations, resulting in a net issuance of 563,903 shares.
The total intrinsic value of RSUs vested and released during 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $99.5 million, $59.8 million and $45.9 million, respectively. The total fair value of RSUs vested during the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $46.2 million, $39.1 million and $30.0 million, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value of RSUs granted during 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $118.77, $67.82 and $57.78, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, there was $72.9 million of total unamortized compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to RSUs and these costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.1 years.
Market-Performance Based Restricted Stock Units
On an annual basis, we grant market-performance based restricted stock units (“MSUs”) to our executive officers. Each MSU represents the right to one share of Align’s common stock and will be issued through our amended 2005 Incentive Plan. The actual number of MSUs which will be eligible to vest will be based on the performance of Align’s stock price relative to the performance of the NASDAQ Composite Index over the vesting period, generally two to three years, up to 200% of the MSUs initially granted.
The following table summarizes the MSU performance as of December 31, 2017:
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Number of Shares Underlying MSUs (in thousands) | | Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value | | Weighted Average Remaining Vesting Period (in years) | | Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands) |
Nonvested as of December 31, 2016 | 520 |
| | $ | 60.49 |
| |
| |
|
|
Granted | 201 |
| | 88.80 |
| | | | |
Vested and released | (283 | ) | | 53.11 |
| | | | |
Forfeited | (10 | ) | | 64.50 |
| | | | |
Nonvested as of December 31, 2017 | 428 |
| | $ | 78.53 |
| | 0.97 | | $ | 95,120 |
|
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (calculated by multiplying our closing stock price on the last trading day of 2017 by the number of nonvested MSUs) that would have been received by the unit holders had all MSUs been vested and released as of the last trading day of 2017. This amount will fluctuate based on the fair market value of our stock. During 2017, of the 282,548 shares vested and released 118,562 shares were withheld for tax payments, resulting in a net issuance of 163,986 shares.
The total intrinsic value of MSUs vested and released during 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $28.8 million, $17.4 million and $9.2 million, respectively. The total fair value of MSUs vested during the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $15.0 million, $9.9 million and $4.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, we expect to recognize $12.2 million of total unamortized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to MSUs over a weighted average period of 1.0 years.
The fair value of MSUs is estimated at the grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation that includes factors for market conditions. The following weighted-average assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation were as follows:
|
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 | | 2015 |
Expected term (in years) | 3.0 |
| | 3.0 |
| | 3.0 |
|
Expected volatility | 28.9 | % | | 34.0 | % | | 36.9 | % |
Risk-free interest rate | 1.5 | % | | 0.9 | % | | 1.0 | % |
Expected dividends | — |
| | — |
| | — |
|
Weighted average fair value per share at grant date | $ | 120.39 |
| | $ | 68.88 |
| | $ | 61.73 |
|
Total payments to tax authorities for payroll taxes related to RSUs, including MSUs, that vested during the period were $46.2 million, $29.9 million and $20.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and are reflected as a financing activity in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In May 2010, our shareholders approved the 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2010 Purchase Plan”), which consists of consecutive overlapping twenty-four month offering periods with four six-month purchase periods in each offering period. Employees purchase shares at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock at either the beginning of the offering period or the end of the purchase period. The 2010 Purchase Plan will continue until terminated by either the Board of Directors or its administrator. The maximum number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Purchase Plan is 2,400,000 shares.
The following table summarizes the ESPP shares issued:
|
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 | | 2015 |
Number of shares issued (in thousands) | 202 |
| | 197 |
| | 230 |
|
Weighted average price | $ | 59.93 |
| | $ | 48.65 |
| | $ | 36.66 |
|
As of December 31, 2017, 735,301 shares remain available for future issuance.
The fair value of the option component of the 2010 Purchase Plan shares was estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
|
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 | | 2015 |
Expected term (in years) | 1.2 |
| | 1.2 |
| | 1.2 |
|
Expected volatility | 26.8 | % | | 30.5 | % | | 31.1 | % |
Risk-free interest rate | 1.0 | % | | 0.7 | % | | 0.3 | % |
Expected dividends | — |
| | — |
| | — |
|
Weighted average fair value at grant date | $ | 31.36 |
| | $ | 22.23 |
| | $ | 16.19 |
|
We recognized stock-based compensation expense related to our employee stock purchase plan of $5.4 million, $2.7 million and $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, there was $2.7 million of total unamortized compensation costs related to future employee stock purchases which we expect to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.6 years.
Note 11. Common Stock Repurchase Program
April 2014 Repurchase Program
On April 23, 2014, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a stock repurchase program ("April 2014 Repurchase Program") pursuant to which we may purchase up to $300.0 million of our common stock over a three year period.
In 2015, we entered into an accelerated share purchase agreement ("2015 ASR") to repurchase $70.0 million of our common stock. The 2015 ASR was completed in July 2015. We received a total of approximately 1.2 million shares for an average share price of $60.52. During 2015, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.5 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $58.89 per share, including commissions, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $31.8 million.
In 2016, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement ("2016 ASR") to repurchase $50.0 million of our common stock. The 2016 ASR was completed in September 2016. We received a total of approximately 0.6 million shares for an average share price of $81.89. During 2016, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.5 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $92.58 per share, including commissions, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $46.2 million.
In 2017, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.04 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $96.37 per share, including commission for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.8 million, completing the April 2014 Repurchase Program.
April 2016 Repurchase Program
On April 28, 2016, we announced that our Board of Directors had authorized a plan to repurchase up to $300.0 million of the Company's stock ("April 2016 Repurchase Plan"). In 2016, we had no repurchases under this plan. In 2017, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement ("2017 ASR") to repurchase $50.0 million of our common stock. The 2017 ASR was completed in August 2017. We received a total of approximately 0.4 million shares for an average share price of $146.48. During 2017, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.2 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $243.40 per share, including commissions, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $50.0 million. As of December 31, 2017, we have $200.0 million remaining under the April 2016 Repurchase Program.
In February 2018, we repurchased on the open market approximately 0.4 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $252.24 per share, including commission for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $100.0 million.
Note 12. Employee Benefit Plans
401(k) Plan
We have defined contribution retirement plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code for our U.S. employees which covers substantially all U.S. employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. We match 50% of our employee’s salary deferral contributions up to a 6% of the employee’s eligible compensation effective 2010. We contributed approximately $4.3 million, $3.4 million and $2.7 million to the 401(k) plan during the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Israeli Funds
Under the Israeli severance fund law, we are required to make payments to dismissed employees and employees leaving employment in certain circumstances. The funding requirement is calculated based on the salary of the employee multiplied by the number of years of employment as of the applicable balance sheet date. Our Israeli employees are entitled to one month’s salary for each year of employment, or a pro-rata portion thereof. We fund the liability through monthly deposits into funds, and the values of these contributions are recorded in other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the balance of the fund liability was approximately $3.2 million and $3.1 million, respectively.
Note 13. Income Taxes
The U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was enacted into law on December 22, 2017, and impacted our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017. The TCJA made significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to, a corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, the transition of U.S international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial system, and a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of cumulative foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017.
We have estimated the impact of the TCJA and recorded $84.3 million of additional income tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2017, the period in which the legislation was enacted. The components of this expense are as follows:
| |
• | We recorded a provisional tax amount of $73.9 million for the transition tax liability. We have not yet completed the calculation of the total post-1986 foreign Earnings and Profits ("E&P") and the income tax pools for all foreign subsidiaries. Further, the transition tax is based in part on the amount of those earnings held in cash and other specified assets. This amount may change when we finalize the calculation of post-1986 foreign E&P previously deferred from U.S. federal taxation and the amounts held in cash or other specified assets. In addition, further interpretations from U.S. federal and state governments and regulatory organizations may change the provisional liability or the accounting treatment of the provisional liability. |
| |
• | We recorded a provisional tax amount of $10.4 million to remeasure certain deferred tax assets and liabilities as a result of the enactment of the Act. We are still analyzing certain aspects of the TCJA and refining the estimate of the expected reversal of the deferred tax balances. The TCJA can potentially affect the measurement of these balances or potentially give rise to new deferred tax amounts. |
The TCJA also includes provisions for certain foreign-sourced earnings referred to as Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”), which impose a tax on foreign income in excess of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. FASB guidance issued in January 2018 allows companies to make an accounting policy election to either (i) account for GILTI as a component of tax expense in the period in which the tax is incurred (the “period cost method”), or (ii) account for GILTI in the measurement of deferred taxes (the “deferred method”). Because of the complexity of the new provisions, we are continuing to evaluate the accounting impact under GAAP, and will make an election once this analysis has been completed.
Net income before provision for income taxes and equity in losses of investee consists of the following (in thousands): |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year ended December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 | | 2015 |
Domestic | $ | 123,696 |
| | $ | 118,871 |
| | $ | 87,803 |
|
Foreign | 241,103 |
| | 123,695 |
| | 98,298 |
|
Net income before provision for income taxes and equity in losses of investee | $ | 364,799 |
| | $ | 242,566 |
| | $ | 186,101 |
|
The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 | | 2015 |
Federal | | | | | |
Current | $ | 91,214 |
| | $ | 40,235 |
| | $ | 28,596 |
|
Deferred | 15,724 |
| | 24,794 |
| | 6,679 |
|
| 106,938 |
| | 65,029 |
| | 35,275 |
|
State | | | | | |
Current | 2,580 |
| | 2,603 |
| | 3,271 |
|
Deferred | 2,677 |
| | 2,636 |
| | (703 | ) |
| 5,257 |
| | 5,239 |
| | 2,568 |
|
Foreign | | | | | |
Current | 15,285 |
| | 8,964 |
| | 4,305 |
|
Deferred | 2,682 |
| | (28,032 | ) | | (67 | ) |
| 17,967 |
| | (19,068 | ) | | 4,238 |
|
Provision for income taxes | $ | 130,162 |
| | $ | 51,200 |
| | $ | 42,081 |
|
The differences between income taxes using the federal statutory income tax rate of 35% and our effective tax rate are as follows:
|
| | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 | | 2015 |
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate | 35.0 | % | | 35.0 | % | | 35.0 | % |
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit | 1.4 |
| | 2.1 |
| | 1.5 |
|
Impact of U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act | 23.1 |
| | — |
| | — |
|
Impact of differences in foreign tax rates | (18.0 | ) | | (6.3 | ) | | (16.2 | ) |
Valuation allowance release for Israel | — |
| | (12.9 | ) | | — |
|
Stock-based compensation | (6.3 | ) | | 1.2 |
| | 1.6 |
|
Other items not individually material | 0.5 |
| | 2.0 |
| | 0.7 |
|
| 35.7 | % | | 21.1 | % | | 22.6 | % |
As of December 31, 2017, undistributed earnings of the company totaled $606.5 million. We reassessed our capital needs and investment strategy with regard to the indefinite reinvestment of the undistributed earnings from certain of our foreign subsidiaries as a result of the one-time transition tax on cumulative foreign earnings under the TCJA. During the fourth quarter of 2017, we determined that approximately $591.9 million of the total undistributed foreign earnings are no longer be considered to be indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S. As a result, we have recorded a deferred tax liability of approximately $3.3 million, which represents the provisional amount of U.S. state income taxes that would be due in the event these foreign earnings are distributed. The remaining amount of undistributed foreign earnings of approximately $14.7 million continues to be indefinitely reinvested in our international operations. Since U.S. federal income tax has already been provided under the provisions of the TCJA, the additional tax impact of the distribution of such foreign earnings to the United States parent would be limited to U.S. state income and withholding taxes and is not significant.
On July 1, 2016, we implemented a new international corporate structure. This changed the structure of our international procurement and sales operations, as well as realigned the ownership and use of intellectual property among our wholly-owned subsidiaries. We continue to anticipate that an increasing percentage of our consolidated pre-tax income will be derived from, and reinvested in our foreign operations. We believe that income taxed in certain foreign jurisdictions at a lower rate relative to the U.S. federal statutory rate will have a beneficial impact on our worldwide effective tax rate over time. Although the license of intellectual property rights between consolidated entities did not result in any gain in the consolidated financial statements, the Company generated taxable income in certain jurisdictions in 2016 resulting in a tax expense of $34.3 million. Additionally, as a result of the restructuring, we reassessed the need for a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets considering all available evidence. Given the current earnings and anticipated future earnings of our subsidiary in Israel, we concluded that we have sufficient
positive evidence to release the valuation allowance against our Israel operating loss carryforwards of $31.4 million, which resulted in an income tax benefit in this period of the same amount.
In June 2017, the Costa Rica Ministry of Foreign Trade, an agency of the Government of Costa Rica, granted an extension of certain income tax incentives for an additional twelve year period. Under these incentives, all of the income in Costa Rica is subject to a reduced tax rate. In order to receive the benefit of these incentives, we must hire a specified number of employees and maintain certain minimum levels of fixed asset investment in Costa Rica. If we do not fulfill these conditions for any reason, our incentive could lapse, and our income in Costa Rica would be subject to taxation at higher rates, which could have a negative impact on our operating results. The Costa Rica corporate income tax rate that would apply, absent the incentives, is 30% for 2017, 2016 and 2015. As a result of these incentives, our income taxes were reduced by $1.8 million, $19.1 million and $32.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, representing a benefit to diluted net income per share of $0.02, $0.23 and $0.40 in the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are (in thousands): |
| | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 |
Deferred tax assets: | | | |
Net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards | $ | 24,971 |
| | $ | 25,445 |
|
Reserves and accruals | 12,547 |
| | 22,954 |
|
Stock-based compensation | 10,074 |
| | 16,399 |
|
Deferred revenue | 10,811 |
| | 13,975 |
|
Net translation losses | 1,928 |
| | 1,634 |
|
Credit carryforwards | 792 |
| | 679 |
|
| 61,123 |
| | 81,086 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities: | | | |
Depreciation and amortization | 7,522 |
| | 12,034 |
|
Unremitted foreign earnings | 3,305 |
| | — |
|
Prepaid expenses | 751 |
| | 969 |
|
| 11,578 |
| | 13,003 |
|
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance | 49,545 |
| | 68,083 |
|
Valuation allowance | (278 | ) | | (256 | ) |
Net deferred tax assets | $ | 49,267 |
| | $ | 67,827 |
|
The total valuation allowance as of December 31, 2017 was not material. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the valuation allowance increased by a nominal amount which was mainly related to foreign currency translation adjustments.
As of December 31, 2017, we have fully utilized California net operating loss carryforwards. As of December 31, 2017, we have California research credit carryforwards of approximately $4.1 million which can be carried forward indefinitely. In addition, we have foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $104.7 million, the majority of which can be carried forward indefinitely, and a minor portion of which, if not utilized, will expire beginning in 2027.
In the event of a change in ownership, as defined under federal and state tax laws, our tax credit carryforwards may be subject to annual limitations. The annual limitations may result in the expiration of the tax credit carryforwards before utilization.
The changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits, which exclude interest and penalties, for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, are as follows (in thousands):
|
| | | |
Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2014 | $ | 33,067 |
|
Tax positions related to current year: | |
Additions for uncertain tax positions | 6,346 |
|
Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2015 | 39,413 |
|
Tax positions related to current year: | |
Additions for uncertain tax positions | 6,971 |
|
Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2016 | 46,384 |
|
Tax positions related to current year: | |
Additions for uncertain tax positions | 1,819 |
|
Tax positions related to prior year: | |
Additions for uncertain tax positions | 1,809 |
|
Decreases for uncertain tax positions | (826 | ) |
Settlements with tax authorities | (1,527 | ) |
Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations | (3 | ) |
Unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2017 | $ | 47,656 |
|
As of December 31, 2017, $39.8 million of our unrecognized tax benefits would impact our effective tax rate if recognized.
We have elected to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income taxes. For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, interest and penalties included in tax expense was $0.8 million and $1.4 million, respectively. Our total interest and penalties accrued as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $2.9 million and $2.1 million, respectively. We do not expect any significant changes to the amount of unrecognized tax benefit within the next twelve months.
We file U.S. federal, U.S. state, and non-U.S. income tax returns. Our major tax jurisdictions are U.S. federal and the state of California. For U.S. federal and state tax returns, we are no longer subject to tax examinations for years before 2000. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to examination by foreign tax authorities for years before 2010.
Note 14. Net Income per Share
Basic net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock, adjusted for any dilutive effect of potential common stock. Potential common stock, computed using the treasury stock method, includes RSUs, MSUs, stock options and our ESPP.
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stock (in thousands, except per share amounts):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 | | 2015 |
Numerator: | | | | | |
Net income | $ | 231,418 |
| | $ | 189,682 |
| | $ | 144,020 |
|
Denominator: | | | | | |
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic | 80,085 |
| | 79,856 |
| | 79,998 |
|
Dilutive effect of potential common stock | 1,747 |
| | 1,628 |
| | 1,523 |
|
Total shares, diluted | 81,832 |
| | 81,484 |
| | 81,521 |
|
Net income per share, basic | $ | 2.89 |
| | $ | 2.38 |
| | $ | 1.80 |
|
Net income per share, diluted | $ | 2.83 |
| | $ | 2.33 |
| | $ | 1.77 |
|
For the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, potentially anti-dilutive shares excluded from diluted net income per share related to RSUs, MSUs, stock options and ESPP were not material.
Note 15. Supplemental Cash Flow Information
The supplemental cash flow information consists of the following (in thousands):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Year Ended December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 | | 2015 |
Taxes paid | $ | 51,231 |
| | $ | 47,289 |
| | $ | 40,621 |
|
Non-cash investing activities: | | | | | |
Fixed assets acquired with accounts payable or accrued liabilities | $ | 15,105 |
| | $ | 4,434 |
| | $ | 14,636 |
|
Fair value of option to purchase property | $ | 3,936 |
| | $ | — |
| | $ | — |
|
Note 16. Segments and Geographical Information
Segment Information
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our CODM is our Chief Executive Officer. We report segment information based on the management approach. The management approach designates the internal reporting used by CODM for decision making and performance assessment as the basis for determining our reportable segments. The performance measures of our reportable segments include net revenues, gross profit and income from operations. Income from operations for each segment includes all geographic revenues, related cost of net revenues and operating expenses directly attributable to the segment. Certain operating expenses are attributable to operating segments and each allocation is measured differently based on the specific facts and circumstances of the costs being allocated. Costs not specifically allocated to segment income from operations include various corporate expenses such as stock-based compensation and costs related to IT, facilities, human resources, accounting and finance, legal and regulatory, and other separately managed general and administrative costs outside the operating segments.
We group our operations into two reportable segments: Clear Aligner segment and Scanner segment.
| |
• | Our Clear Aligner segment consists of Comprehensive Products, Non-Comprehensive Products and Non-Case revenues as defined below: |
| |
• | Comprehensive Products include our Invisalign Full, Teen and Assist products. |
| |
• | Non-Comprehensive Products include our Invisalign Express, Invisalign Lite, Invisalign i7 and Invisalign Go products in addition to revenues from the sale of aligners to SmileDirectClub (“SDC”) under our supply agreement. Revenue from SDC is recorded after eliminating outstanding intercompany transactions. |
| |
• | Non-Case includes our Vivera retainers along with our training and ancillary products for treating malocclusion. |
| |
• | Our Scanner segment consists of intraoral scanning systems and additional services available with the intraoral scanners that provide digital alternatives to the traditional cast models. This segment includes our iTero scanner and OrthoCAD services. |
These reportable operating segments are based on how our CODM views and evaluates our operations as well as allocation of resources. The following information relates to these segments (in thousands):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| For the Year Ended December 31, |
Net revenues | 2017 | | 2016 | | 2015 |
Clear Aligner | $ | 1,309,262 |
| | $ | 958,327 |
| | $ | 800,186 |
|
Scanner | 164,151 |
| | 121,547 |
| | 45,300 |
|
Total net revenues | $ | 1,473,413 |
| | $ | 1,079,874 |
|
| $ | 845,486 |
|
Gross profit | | | | | |
Clear Aligner | $ | 1,019,563 |
| | $ | 747,494 |
| | $ | 628,187 |
|
Scanner | 97,384 |
| | 67,800 |
| | 11,923 |
|
Total gross profit | $ | 1,116,947 |
| | $ | 815,294 |
| | $ | 640,110 |
|
Income from operations | | | | | |
Clear Aligner | $ | 564,648 |
| | $ | 411,817 |
| | $ | 371,113 |
|
Scanner | 49,613 |
| | 37,498 |
| | (12,337 | ) |
Unallocated corporate expenses | (260,650 | ) | | (200,394 | ) | | (170,142 | ) |
Total income from operations | $ | 353,611 |
| | $ | 248,921 |
| | $ | 188,634 |
|
Depreciation and amortization | | | | | |
Clear Aligner | $ | 21,581 |
| | $ | 13,742 |
| | $ | 9,842 |
|
Scanner | 4,385 |
| | 3,871 |
| | 3,839 |
|
Unallocated corporate expenses | 11,773 |
| | 6,389 |
| | 4,323 |
|
Total depreciation and amortization | $ | 37,739 |
| | $ | 24,002 |
| | $ | 18,004 |
|
The following table reconciles total segment income from operations in the table above to net income before provision for income taxes and equity losses of investee (in thousands):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| For the Year Ended December 31, | |
| 2017 | | 2016 | | 2015 | |
Total segment income from operations | $ | 614,261 |
| | $ | 449,315 |
| | $ | 358,776 |
| |
Unallocated corporate expenses | (260,650 | ) | | (200,394 | ) | | (170,142 | ) | |
Total income from operations | 353,611 |
| | 248,921 |
| | 188,634 |
| |
Interest and other income (expense), net | 11,188 |
| | (6,355 | ) | | (2,533 | ) | |
Net income before provision for income taxes and equity losses of investee | $ | 364,799 |
| | $ | 242,566 |
| | $ | 186,101 |
| |
Geographical Information
Net revenues are presented below by geographic area (in thousands):
|
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| For the Year Ended December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 | | 2015 |
Net revenues (1): | | | | | |
United States (2) | $ | 836,200 |
| | $ | 692,254 |
| | $ | 585,874 |
|
The Netherlands (2) | 456,108 |
| | 286,911 |
| | 167,128 |
|
Other International | 181,105 |
| | 100,709 |
| | 92,484 |
|
Total net revenues | $ | 1,473,413 |
| | $ | 1,079,874 |
| | $ | 845,486 |
|
| |
(1) | Net revenues are attributed to countries based on location of where revenue is recognized. |
(2) Effective July 2016, we implemented a new international corporate structure. This changed the structure of our international procurement and sales operations.
Tangible long-lived assets are presented below by geographic area (in thousands):
|
| | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2017 | | 2016 |
Long-lived assets (1): | | | |
The Netherlands | $ | 143,673 |
| | $ | 104,039 |
|
United States | 128,171 |
| | 43,278 |
|
Costa Rica | 30,738 |
| | 2,657 |
|
Mexico | 25,090 |
| | 17,918 |
|
China | 5,480 |
| | 461 |
|
Other International | 15,641 |
| | 6,814 |
|
Total long-lived assets | $ | 348,793 |
| | $ | 175,167 |
|
(1) Long-lived assets are attributed to countries based on entity that owns the assets.
ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None
ITEM 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2017 to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, and that such information is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms.
Management's annual report on internal control over financial reporting.
See “Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Changes in internal control over financial reporting.
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B.OTHER INFORMATION
None.
PART III
Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Form 10-K because we intend to file a definitive Proxy Statement for our 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and certain information to be included therein is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K concerning our directors is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Election of Directors.” The information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K concerning our executive officers is set forth in Item 1— “Business” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” contained in the Proxy Statement. The information required by Item 407(c)(3), 407(d)(4) and 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section entitled “Corporate Governance”.
Code of Ethics
We have a code of ethics that applies to all of our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. This code of ethics is posted on our Internet website. The Internet address for our website is www.aligntech.com, and the code of ethics may be found on the “Corporate Governance” section of our “Investor Relations” webpage.
We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this code of ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address and location specified above, or as otherwise required by the NASDAQ Global Market.
ITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Executive Compensation.” The information required by Items 407(e)(4) and (e)(5) is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Corporate Governance—Compensation Committee Interlocks” and “Compensation Committee Report,” respectively.
ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2017 about our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options and awards granted to employees, consultants or members of our Board of Directors under all existing equity compensation plans, including the 2005 Incentive Plan and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP"), each as amended, and certain individual arrangements (Refer to Note 10“Stockholders’ Equity” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of our equity compensation plans).
|
| | | | | | | | | | |
Plan Category | Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options and restricted stock units(a) | | Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options(b) | | Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column(a)) | |
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders | 1,843,573 |
| 1 | $ | 11.36 |
| | 7,620,549 |
| 2, 3 |
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders | — |
| | — |
| | — |
| |
Total | 1,843,573 |
| | $ | 11.36 |
| | 7,620,549 |
| |
| |
1 | Includes 1,340,759 restricted stock units and 428,100 market-performance based restricted stock units at target, which have an exercise price of zero. |
| |
2 | Includes 735,301 shares available for issuance under our ESPP. We are unable to ascertain with specificity the number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding rights or the weighted average exercise price of outstanding rights under the ESPP. |
| |
3 | Excludes 507,775 of potentially issuable MSUs if performance targets are achieved at maximum payout. |
ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by Item 404 and Item 407 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the sections captioned “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Corporate Governance—Director Independence,” respectively.
ITEM 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by Item 9(e) of Schedule 14A of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement under the section captioned “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accountants.”
PART IV
ITEM 15.EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
| |
1. | Consolidated financial statements |
The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
|
| |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | |
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 | |
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 | |
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 | |
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 | |
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 | |
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements | |
| |
2. | The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: |
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves For the Year Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
All other schedules have been omitted as they are not required, not applicable, or the required information is otherwise included.
SCHEDULE II: VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Balance at Beginning of Period | | Additions (Reductions) to Costs and Expenses | | Write Offs | | Balance at End of Period |
| (in thousands) |
Allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns: | | | | | | | |
Year ended December 31, 2015 | $ | 1,563 |
| | $ | 8,944 |
| | $ | (8,035 | ) | | $ | 2,472 |
|
Year ended December 31, 2016 | $ | 2,472 |
| | $ | 8,585 |
| | $ | (6,747 | ) | | $ | 4,310 |
|
Year ended December 31, 2017 | $ | 4,310 |
| | $ | 9,948 |
| | $ | (7,080 | ) | | $ | 7,178 |
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets: | | | | | | | |
Year ended December 31, 2015 | $ | 32,498 |
| | $ | (813 | ) | | $ | — |
| | $ | 31,685 |
|
Year ended December 31, 2016 | $ | 31,685 |
| | $ | (31,429 | ) | | $ | — |
| | $ | 256 |
|
Year ended December 31, 2017 | $ | 256 |
| | $ | 21 |
| | $ | — |
| | $ | 277 |
|
| |
(b) | The following Exhibits are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K: |
|
| | | | | | |
Exhibit Number | Description | Form | Date | Exhibit Number Incorporated by Reference herein | | Filed herewith |
| | Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-49932) | 12/28/2000 | 3.1 | | |
| | Form 8-K | 2/29/2012 | 3.2 | | |
| | Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-49932) | 1/17/2001 | 4.1 | | |
| | Form 10-K | 2/28/2017 | 10.1 | | |
| | Form 10-K | 2/28/2017 | 10.2 | | |
| | Form 10-K | 2/28/2017 | 10.2A | | |
| | Form 8-K | 5/25/2010 | 10.2 | | |
| | Form S-1 as amended (File No. 333-49932) | 1/17/2001 | 10.15 | | |
| | Form 10-Q | 11/5/2007 | 10.1A | | |
| | Form 10-Q | 11/5/2007 | 10.1C | | |
| | Form 10-Q | 8/4/2005 | 10.4 | | |
| | Form 10-Q | 5/8/2008 | 10.3 | | |
| | Form 10-K | 2/28/2017 | 10.8 | | |
| | Form 8-K | 2/7/2018 | | | |
| | Form 8-K | 2/24/2011 | 10.1 | | |
| | Form 8-K | 2/24/2011 | 10.2 | | |
| | Form 8-K | 2/4/2011 | Item 5.02 | | |
| | Form 10-Q | 5/1/2015 | 10.3 | | |
| | Form 10-Q | 7/30/2015 | 10.31 | | |
| | Form 10-Q | 7/30/2015 | 10.34 | | |
|
| | | | | | |
Exhibit Number | Description | Form | Date | Exhibit Number Incorporated by Reference herein | | Filed herewith |
| | Form 10-Q | 11/8/2016 | 10.2 | | |
| | Form 8-K | 12/23/2016 | 10.1 | | |
| | Form 8-K | 7/28/2016 | 10.1 | | |
| | Form 8-K | 7/27/2017 | 10.1 | | |
| | Form 8-K | 7/27/2017 | 10.2 | | |
| | Form 8-K | 11/20/2017 | 10.1 | | |
| | | | 10.1 | | * |
| | | | 10.2 | | * |
| | | | 10.3 | | |
| | | | | | * |
| | | | | | * |
| | | | | | * |
| | | | | | * |
| | | | | | * |
101.INS | XBRL Instance Document | | | | | * |
101.SCH | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document | | | | | * |
101.CAL | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document | | | | | * |
101.DEF | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document | | | | | * |
101.LAB | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document | | | | | * |
101.PRE | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document | | | | | * |
__________________________________
|
| |
† | Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement filed as an Exhibit to this form pursuant to Items 14(a) and 14(c) of Form 10-K. |
†† | Portions of the exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The confidential portions have been filed with the SEC. |
ITEM 16.FORM 10-K SUMMARY
Not applicable.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 28, 2018.
|
| |
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC. |
| |
By: | /S/ JOSEPH M. HOGAN |
| Joseph M. Hogan |
| President and Chief Executive Officer |
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Joseph M. Hogan or John F. Morici, his or her attorney-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
| | | | |
Signature | | Title | | Date |
| | |
/S/ JOSEPH M. HOGAN | | President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) | | February 28, 2018 |
Joseph M. Hogan | | |
| | | | |
/S/ JOHN F. MORICI
| | Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) | | February 28, 2018 |
John F. Morici | | |
| | | | |
/S/ JOSEPH LACOB
| | Director | | February 28, 2018 |
Joseph Lacob | | |
| | | | |
/S/ C. RAYMOND LARKIN
| | Director | | February 28, 2018 |
C. Raymond Larkin | | |
| | | | |
/S/ GEORGE J. MORROW
| | Director | | February 28, 2018 |
George J. Morrow | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
/S/ ANDREA L. SAIA
| | Director | | February 28, 2018 |
Andrea L. Saia | | |
| | | | |
/S/ GREG J. SANTORA
| | Director | | February 28, 2018 |
Greg J. Santora | | |
| | | | |
/S/ THOMAS M. PRESCOTT | | Director | | February 28, 2018 |
Thomas M. Prescott | | |
| | | | |
/S/ WARREN S. THALER
| | Director | | February 28, 2018 |
Warren S. Thaler | | |
| | | | |
/S/ SUSAN E. SIEGEL
| | Director | | February 28, 2018 |
Susan E. Siegel | | |
Exhibit
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED 2005 INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF GRANT OF MARKET STOCK UNITS
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Amended and Restated 2005 Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Notice of Grant of Market Stock Units (the “Notice of Grant”).
Participant:
Address:
You (the “Participant”) have been granted an award (“Award”) of market-performance based Restricted Stock Units (“Market Stock Units”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Notice of Grant and the Market Stock Unit Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”) as follows:
Date of Grant: xxx
Target Number of Market Stock Units: xxx (the “Target Number of Market Stock Units”)
Maximum Number of Market Stock Units: xxx (the “Maximum Number of Market Stock Units”)
| |
Performance Period: | Means the three year period commencing on the Date of Grant and ending on the third year anniversary of the Date of Grant (subject to Sections 4 and 5 of Exhibit A (the “Performance Period”)). |
| |
Performance Matrix: | The number of Market Stock Units in which Participant may vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule will depend upon the Company’s Stock Price Performance (as defined below) as compared to the NASDAQ Composite Stock Price Performance (as defined below) for the Performance Period and will be determined in accordance with Section 1 of Exhibit A. |
| |
Vesting Schedule: | Subject to Sections 4 and 5 of Exhibit A and the terms of the Plan, the Participant will vest in his or her Calculated Market Stock Units (as defined below) on the last day of the Performance Period (the “Vesting Date”). |
By accepting this agreement, you and the Company agree that this Award is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Agreement, each of which are made a part of this document. You further agree to accept, acknowledge and execute this Agreement as a condition to receiving any Market Stock Units under this Award.
Nothing in this Notice of Grant or in the attached Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Participant any right to continue in service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) or of Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Participant’s service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.
EXHIBIT A
MARKET STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
(a)The Company hereby grants to Participant under the Plan an Award of Market Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in the Notice of Grant, this Agreement and the Plan.
(b)The number of Market Stock Units in which the Participant may vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant will depend upon the Company’s Stock Price Performance as compared to the NASDAQ Composite Index Performance calculated on the Vesting Date with 100% of the Market Stock Units eligible to vest on the Vesting Date. The actual number of Market Stock Units that will vest on the Vesting Date will be determined as follows:
(i) Performance Calculation.
1. The “Company’s Stock Price Performance” means the percentage increase or decrease in (i) the average adjusted closing price per share of the Company’s common stock for the last sixty (60) market trading days prior to the commencement of the Performance Period over (ii) the average adjusted closing price of the Company’s common stock for the last sixty (60) market trading days prior to the last day of the Performance Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change of Control of the Company, the “Company’s Stock Price Performance” means the percentage increase or decrease in (i) the average adjusted closing price per share of the Company’s common stock for the last sixty (60) market trading days prior to the commencement of the Performance Period over (ii) the per share value of the Company’s common stock paid to its stockholders in connection with the Change of Control.
2. The “NASDAQ Composite Index Performance” means the percentage increase or decrease in (i) the adjusted index value of the NASDAQ Composite Index for the last sixty (60) market trading days prior to the commencement of the Performance Period over (ii) the adjusted index value of the NAQDAQ Composite Index for the last sixty (60) market trading days prior to the last day of the Performance Period.
3. The Company’s Stock Price Performance will be compared against the NASDAQ Composite Index Performance (each expressed as a growth rate percentage) to result in a growth rate (the “Growth Rate Delta”) equal to the Company’s Stock Price Performance minus the NASDAQ Composite Index Performance. The Growth Rate Delta will be calculated on the Vesting Date.
(ii) Market Stock Unit Calculation.
1. If the Growth Rate Delta is equal to 0%, the number of Market Stock Units that will be eligible to vest (the “Calculated Market Stock Units”) on the Vesting Date will equal 100% of the Target Number of Market Stock Units.
2. If the Growth Rate Delta is greater or less than 0%, the number of Market Stock Units that will be Calculated Market Stock Units on the Vesting Date will equal: (i) the Target Number of Market Stock Units, multiplied by (ii) the sum of (A) 100% plus (B) three times the Growth Rate Delta; provided, however, that in no event will more than the Maximum Number of Market Stock Units become Calculated Market Stock Units on the Vesting Date. If the Growth Rate Delta is equal to negative-33.3%, then the number of Target Market Stock Units that will become Calculated Market Stock Units on the Vesting Date will equal 0.
(iii) Examples (for illustration purposes only).
| |
1. | If the Growth Rate Delta on the Vesting Date equaled 20%, then 160% (equal to 100% plus (3 times 20%)) of the Target Number of Market Stock Units would be Calculated Market Stock Units and would vest on the Vesting Date. |
| |
2. | If the Growth Rate Delta on the Vesting Date equaled negative-20%, then 40% (equal to 100% plus (3 times negative-20%)) of the Target Number of Market Stock Units would be Calculated Market Stock Units and would vest on the Vesting Date. |
2.Company’s Obligation to Pay. Each Market Stock Unit represents a value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date it is granted. Unless and until the Market Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Sections 3, 4 and 5, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Market Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Market Stock Units, such Market Stock Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company. Payment of any vested Market Stock Units will be made in whole Shares only and any fractional Shares will be forfeited at the time of payment.
3.Vesting Schedule. Subject to Section 6, the Market Stock Units awarded by this Agreement will vest in Participant according to the Vesting Schedule set forth on the attached Notice of Grant, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.
4.Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control, the Performance Period shall be deemed to end upon the closing of the Change of Control for purposes of determining the Company’s Stock Price Performance and the NASDAQ Composite Index Performance and the number of Market Stock Units that are Calculated Market Stock Units will be determined in accordance with the Performance Matrix and Section 1 of this Exhibit A. The Participant shall vest in the number of Calculated Market Stock Units determined based on the preceding sentence as follows:
(a) On the date of, and contingent upon, the Change of Control, Participant will vest in that number of Calculated Market Stock Units equal to (i) (A) the number of calendar months (including any partial month) that have elapsed from the commencement of the Performance Period through the date of the Change of Control, (B) divided by 36, multiplied by (ii) the number of Calculated Market Stock Units, with the result rounded down to the nearest whole Share.
(b) The Calculated Market Stock Units that do not vest pursuant to Section 4(a) will vest on the Vesting Date, unless vested earlier in accordance with the terms of this Award, Section 18 of the Plan or any employment or other change in control agreement by and between the Company and Participant.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Participant’s employment is terminated without Cause or for Good Reason (as such terms are defined in Participant’s individual employment agreement with the Company) within twelve months following the occurrence of a Change of Control, then 100% of his or her unvested Calculated Market Stock Units will fully vest, provided the Participant executes and does not revoke a release of claims as provided for in Participant’s employment agreement (as a necessary condition to the receipt of severance thereunder).
(d) In accordance with Section 1 of this Exhibit A, the Administrator shall not be entitled to eliminate or reduce the number of Calculated Market Stock Units determined in accordance with Section 1of Exhibit A following a Change of Control.
5.Termination without Cause or a Resignation for Good Reason Not Following a Change of Control. In the event Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated without Cause or if Participant terminates his or her employment for Good Reason (as such terms are defined in Participant’s individual employment agreement with the Company) and such termination does not occur on or within twelve months following a Change of Control, the Performance Period shall be deemed to end upon the Participant’s employment termination date for purposes of determining the Company’s Stock Price Performance and the NASDAQ Composite Index Performance and the number
of Market Stock Units that are Calculated Market Stock Units will be determined in accordance with the Performance Matrix and Section 1 of this Exhibit A. Subject to Participant executing and not revoking a release of claims as provided for in Participant’s employment agreement (as a necessary condition to the receipt of severance thereunder), Participant shall vest in that number of Calculated Market Stock Units equal to (i) (A) the number of months (including any partial month, expressed as a fraction) that have elapsed from the commencement of the Performance Period through the date of the termination of employment, (B) divided by 36, multiplied by (ii) the number of Calculated Market Stock Units, with the result rounded down to the nearest whole Share. The remaining unvested Calculated Market Stock Units will be forfeited at no cost to the Company and Participant will have no further rights thereunder.
6.Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider. Subject to the provisions of Section 4 and 5, if Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason, the then-unvested Market Stock Units awarded by this Agreement will thereupon be forfeited at no cost to the Company and Participant will have no further rights thereunder.
7.Payment after Vesting. Any Market Stock Units that vest in accordance with Sections 3, 4 and 5 will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her estate) in whole Shares, subject to Participant satisfying any applicable tax withholding obligations as set forth in Section 9. Subject to the provisions of Section 21, any Shares will be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the relevant vesting date, but in any event, within the period ending on the later to occur of the date that is two-and-one-half months from the end of (a) Participant’s tax year that includes the vesting date, or (b) the Company’s tax year that includes the vesting date.
8.Payments after Death. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.
9.Withholding of Taxes.
| |
(a) | Generally. The Participant is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Market Stock Units, regardless of any action the Company or any of its Subsidiaries takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Market Stock Units. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the grant or vesting of the Market Stock Units or the subsequent sale of Shares issuable pursuant to the Market Stock Units. The Company and its Subsidiaries do not commit and are under no obligation to structure the Market Stock Units to reduce or eliminate the Participant’s tax liability. |
| |
(b) | Payment of Withholding Taxes. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by the Participant with respect to the payment of any taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to the Market Stock Units. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may satisfy such tax withholding obligations, in whole or in part, by withholding otherwise deliverable Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value sufficient to (but not exceeding) the minimum amount required to be withheld. In addition and to the maximum extent permitted by law, the Company has the right to retain without notice from salary or other amounts payable to the Participant, cash having a value sufficient to satisfy any tax withholding obligations that cannot be satisfied by the withholding of otherwise deliverable Shares. |
10.Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder, unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant.
11.No Effect on Service. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the vesting of the Market Stock Units pursuant to Sections 3, 4 or 5 hereof is earned only by Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through the applicable vesting dates (and not through the act of being hired or acquiring Shares hereunder). Participant further acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereunder and the vesting schedule set forth herein do not constitute an express or implied promise of Participant continuing to be a Service Provider for the vesting period, for any period, or at all, and will not interfere with the Participant’s right or the right of the Company (or the Affiliate employing or retaining Participant) to terminate Participant as a Service Provider at any time, with or without cause.
12.Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of Stock Administrator at Align Technology, Inc., 2560 Orchard Parkway, San Jose, CA 95131, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.
13.Grant is Not Transferable. Except to the limited extent provided in Section 8, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.
14.Binding Agreement. Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
15.Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of shares to Participant (or his estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority.
16.Plan Governs. This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern.
17.Administrator Authority. The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Market Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.
18.Electronic Delivery. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Market Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Market Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.
19. Captions. Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.
20.Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
21.Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Market Stock Units is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to death, and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Market Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Market Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless the Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Market Stock Units will be paid in Shares to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death. It is the intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Market Stock Units provided under this Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and any proposed, temporary or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.
22.Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Market Stock Units or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California, and agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the courts of Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Award of Market Stock Units is made and/or to be performed.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
By Participant’s acceptance of this Agreement, Participant represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions of the Plan, and hereby accepts this Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement. Participant agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence indicated in the Notice of Grant of Market Stock Units.
PARTICIPANT: ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
Signature By
Joseph Hogan, President and CEO
Print Name Title
Exhibit
ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED 2005 INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF GRANT OF MARKET STOCK UNITS
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Amended and Restated 2005 Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Notice of Grant of Market Stock Units (the “Notice of Grant”).
Participant:
Address:
You (the “Participant”) have been granted an award (“Award”) of market-performance based Restricted Stock Units (“Market Stock Units”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Notice of Grant and the Market Stock Unit Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”) as follows:
Date of Grant: xx/xx/xxx
Target Number of Market Stock Units: xxx (the “Target Number of Market Stock Units”)
Maximum Number of Market Stock Units: xxx (the “Maximum Number of Market Stock Units”)
| |
Performance Period: | Means the three year period commencing on the Date of Grant and ending on the third year anniversary of the Date of Grant (subject to Sections 4 of Exhibit A (the “Performance Period”)). |
| |
Performance Matrix: | The number of Market Stock Units in which Participant may vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule will depend upon the Company’s Stock Price Performance (as defined below) as compared to the NASDAQ Composite Stock Price Performance (as defined below) for the Performance Period and will be determined in accordance with Section 1 of Exhibit A. |
| |
Vesting Schedule: | Subject to Section 4 of Exhibit A and the terms of the Plan, the Participant will vest in his or her Calculated Market Stock Units (as defined below) on the last day of the Performance Period (the “Vesting Date”). |
By accepting this agreement, you and the Company agree that this Award is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Agreement, each of which are made a part of this document. You further agree to accept, acknowledge and execute this Agreement as a condition to receiving any Market Stock Units under this Award.
Nothing in this Notice of Grant or in the attached Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Participant any right to continue in service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) or of Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Participant’s service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.
EXHIBIT A
MARKET STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
(a)The Company hereby grants to Participant under the Plan an Award of Market Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in the Notice of Grant, this Agreement and the Plan.
(b)The number of Market Stock Units in which the Participant may vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant will depend upon the Company’s Stock Price Performance as compared to the NASDAQ Composite Index Performance calculated on the Vesting Date with 100% of the Market Stock Units eligible to vest on the Vesting Date. The actual number of Market Stock Units that will vest on the Vesting Date will be determined as follows:
(i) Performance Calculation.
1. The “Company’s Stock Price Performance” means the percentage increase or decrease in (i) the average adjusted closing price per share of the Company’s common stock for the last sixty (60) market trading days prior to the commencement of the Performance Period over (ii) the average adjusted closing price of the Company’s common stock for the last sixty (60) market trading days prior to the last day of the Performance Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change of Control of the Company, the “Company’s Stock Price Performance” means the percentage increase or decrease in (i) the average adjusted closing price per share of the Company’s common stock for the last sixty (60) market trading days prior to the commencement of the Performance Period over (ii) the per share value of the Company’s common stock paid to its stockholders in connection with the Change of Control.
2. The “NASDAQ Composite Index Performance” means the percentage increase or decrease in (i) the adjusted index value of the NASDAQ Composite Index for the last sixty (60) market trading days prior to the commencement of the Performance Period over (ii) the adjusted index value of the NAQDAQ Composite Index for the last sixty (60) market trading days prior to the last day of the Performance Period.
3. The Company’s Stock Price Performance will be compared against the NASDAQ Composite Index Performance (each expressed as a growth rate percentage) to result in a growth rate (the “Growth Rate Delta”) equal to the Company’s Stock Price Performance minus the NASDAQ Composite Index Performance. The Growth Rate Delta will be calculated on the Vesting Date.
(ii) Market Stock Unit Calculation.
1. If the Growth Rate Delta is equal to 0%, the number of Market Stock Units that will be eligible to vest (the “Calculated Market Stock Units”) on the Vesting Date will equal 100% of the Target Number of Market Stock Units.
2. If the Growth Rate Delta is greater or less than 0%, the number of Market Stock Units that will be Calculated Market Stock Units on the Vesting Date will equal: (i) the Target Number of Market Stock Units, multiplied by (ii) the sum of (A) 100% plus (B) three times the Growth Rate Delta; provided, however, that in no event will more than the Maximum Number of Market Stock Units become Calculated Market Stock Units on the Vesting Date. If the Growth Rate Delta is equal to negative-33.3%, then the number of Target Market Stock Units that will become Calculated Market Stock Units on the Vesting Date will equal 0.
(iii) Examples (for illustration purposes only).
| |
1. | If the Growth Rate Delta on the Vesting Date equaled 20%, then 160% (equal to 100% plus (3 times 20%)) of the Target Number of Market Stock Units would be Calculated Market Stock Units and would vest on the Vesting Date. |
| |
2. | If the Growth Rate Delta on the Vesting Date equaled negative-20%, then 40% (equal to 100% plus (3 times negative-20%)) of the Target Number of Market Stock Units would be Calculated Market Stock Units and would vest on the Vesting Date. |
2.Company’s Obligation to Pay. Each Market Stock Unit represents a value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date it is granted. Unless and until the Market Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Sections 3, 4 and 5, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Market Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Market Stock Units, such Market Stock Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company. Payment of any vested Market Stock Units will be made in whole Shares only and any fractional Shares will be forfeited at the time of payment.
3.Vesting Schedule. Subject to Section 5, the Market Stock Units awarded by this Agreement will vest in Participant according to the Vesting Schedule set forth on the attached Notice of Grant, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.
4.Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control, the Performance Period shall be deemed to end upon the closing of the Change of Control for purposes of determining the Company’s Stock Price Performance and the NASDAQ Composite Index Performance and the number of Market Stock Units that are Calculated Market Stock Units will be determined in accordance with the Performance Matrix and Section 1 of this Exhibit A. The Participant shall vest in the number of Calculated Market Stock Units determined based on the preceding sentence as follows:
(a) if Participant’s employment is terminated without Cause or for Good Reason (as such terms are defined in Participant’s individual employment agreement with the Company) within eighteen months following the occurrence of a Change of Control, then 100% of his or her unvested Calculated Market Stock Units will fully vest, provided the Participant executes and does not revoke a release of claims as provided for in Participant’s employment agreement (as a necessary condition to the receipt of severance thereunder).
(b) in accordance with Section 1 of this Exhibit A, the Administrator shall not be entitled to eliminate or reduce the number of Calculated Market Stock Units determined in accordance with Section 1of Exhibit A following a Change of Control.
5.Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider. Subject to the provisions of Section 4, if Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason, the then-unvested Market Stock Units awarded by this Agreement will thereupon be forfeited at no cost to the Company and Participant will have no further rights thereunder.
6.Payment after Vesting. Any Market Stock Units that vest in accordance with Sections 3 and 4 will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her estate) in whole Shares, subject to Participant satisfying any applicable tax withholding obligations as set forth in Section 8. Subject to the provisions of Section 20, any Shares will be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the relevant vesting date, but in any event, within the period ending on the later to occur of the date that is two-and-one-half months from the end of (a) Participant’s tax year that includes the vesting date, or (b) the Company’s tax year that includes the vesting date.
7.Payments after Death. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.
8.Withholding of Taxes.
| |
(a) | Generally. The Participant is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Market Stock Units, regardless of any action the Company or any of its Subsidiaries takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Market Stock Units. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the grant or vesting of the Market Stock Units or the subsequent sale of Shares issuable pursuant to the Market Stock Units. The Company and its Subsidiaries do not commit and are under no obligation to structure the Market Stock Units to reduce or eliminate the Participant’s tax liability. |
| |
(b) | Payment of Withholding Taxes. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by the Participant with respect to the payment of any taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to the Market Stock Units. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may satisfy such tax withholding obligations, in whole or in part, by withholding otherwise deliverable Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value sufficient to (but not exceeding) the minimum amount required to be withheld. In addition and to the maximum extent permitted by law, the Company has the right to retain without notice from salary or other amounts payable to the Participant, cash having a value sufficient to satisfy any tax withholding obligations that cannot be satisfied by the withholding of otherwise deliverable Shares. |
9.Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder, unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant.
10.No Effect on Service. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the vesting of the Market Stock Units pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 hereof is earned only by Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through the applicable vesting dates (and not through the act of being hired or acquiring Shares hereunder). Participant further acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereunder and the vesting schedule set forth herein do not constitute an express or implied promise of Participant continuing to be a Service Provider for the vesting period, for any period, or at all, and will not interfere with the Participant’s right or the right of the Company (or the Affiliate employing or retaining Participant) to terminate Participant as a Service Provider at any time, with or without cause.
11.Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of Stock Administrator at Align Technology, Inc., 2560 Orchard Parkway, San Jose, CA 95131, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.
12.Grant is Not Transferable. Except to the limited extent provided in Section 7, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.
13.Binding Agreement. Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
14.Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of shares to Participant (or his estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority.
15.Plan Governs. This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern.
16.Administrator Authority. The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Market Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.
17.Electronic Delivery. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Market Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Market Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.
18. Captions. Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.
19.Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
20.Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Market Stock Units is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to death, and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Market Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Market Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless the Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Market Stock Units will be paid in Shares to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death. It is the intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Market Stock Units provided under this Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will
be interpreted to so comply. For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and any proposed, temporary or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.
21.Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Market Stock Units or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California, and agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the courts of Santa Clara County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Award of Market Stock Units is made and/or to be performed.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
By Participant’s acceptance of this Agreement, Participant represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions of the Plan, and hereby accepts this Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement. Participant agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence indicated in the Notice of Grant of Market Stock Units.
PARTICIPANT: ALIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
Signature By
Joseph Hogan, President and CEO
Print Name Title
Exhibit
Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of Align Technology, Inc.
The registrant’s principal subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017, are as follows:
|
|
Entity |
Align Tech De Costa Rica, Costa Rica |
Align Technology, B.V., Netherlands |
Aligntech de Mexico, S. de, Mexico |
Align Technology, Inc., Delaware |
Malocclusion C.V., Netherlands |
Exhibit
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-134477, No. 333-143319, No. 333-161054, No. 333-82874, No. 333-116912, No. 333-125586, No. 333-168548, No. 333-176134, No. 333-190351 and No. 333-214493) of Align Technology, Inc. of our report dated February 28, 2018, relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
February 28, 2018
Exhibit
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Joseph M. Hogan, certify that:
| |
1. | I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Align Technology, Inc.; |
| |
2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
| |
3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
| |
4. | The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
| |
(a) | Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared; |
| |
(b) | Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
| |
(c) | Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
| |
(d) | Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
| |
5. | The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
| |
(a) | All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
| |
(b) | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: February 28, 2018
|
| | |
| | |
| | /S/ JOSEPH M. HOGAN |
| | Joseph M. Hogan President and Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit
Exhibit 31.2
I, John F. Morici, certify that:
| |
1. | I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Align Technology, Inc.; |
| |
2. | Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
| |
3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
| |
4. | The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
| |
(a) | Designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared; |
| |
(b) | Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
| |
(c) | Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
| |
(d) | Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
| |
5. | The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
| |
(a) | All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
| |
(b) | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: February 28, 2018
|
| | |
| | |
| | /S/ JOHN F. MORICI |
| | John F. Morici |
| | Chief Financial Officer |
Exhibit
Exhibit 32
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Align Technology, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ending December 31, 2017 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.
|
| | |
| | |
| By: | /S/ JOSEPH M. HOGAN |
Date: February 28, 2018 | Name: | Joseph M. Hogan |
| Title: | President and Chief Executive Officer |
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Align Technology, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ending December 31, 2017 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.
|
| | |
| | |
| By: | /S/ JOHN F. MORICI |
Date: February 28, 2018 | Name: | John F. Morici |
| Title: | Chief Financial Officer |